blob: 5e9a87c58a7d3c754f8f69d79a51198600eb9761 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00001//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000015#include "CXXABI.h"
Benjamin Kramerea70eb32012-12-01 15:09:41 +000016#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
17#include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +000018#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
Benjamin Kramerea70eb32012-12-01 15:09:41 +000019#include "clang/AST/Comment.h"
Dmitri Gribenkoca7f80a2012-08-09 00:03:17 +000020#include "clang/AST/CommentCommandTraits.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +000021#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Steve Naroff67391b82007-10-01 19:00:59 +000022#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorded2d7b2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000023#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +000024#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +000025#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +000026#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
Peter Collingbourne0ff0b372011-01-13 18:57:25 +000027#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h"
Benjamin Kramerea70eb32012-12-01 15:09:41 +000028#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
29#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +000030#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Chris Lattnerd2868512009-03-28 03:45:20 +000031#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4dc8a6f2007-05-20 23:50:58 +000032#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +000033#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +000034#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramerea70eb32012-12-01 15:09:41 +000035#include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h"
Nate Begemanb699c9b2009-01-18 06:42:49 +000036#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +000037#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +000038#include <map>
Anders Carlssona4267a62009-07-18 21:19:52 +000039
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +000040using namespace clang;
41
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +000042unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors;
43unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +000044unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors;
45unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared;
Alexis Huntfcaeae42011-05-25 20:50:04 +000046unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors;
47unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +000048unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators;
49unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Alexis Huntfcaeae42011-05-25 20:50:04 +000050unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators;
51unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +000052unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors;
53unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared;
54
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +000055enum FloatingRank {
Anton Korobeynikovf0c267e2011-10-14 23:23:15 +000056 HalfRank, FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +000057};
58
Dmitri Gribenkof26054f2012-07-11 21:38:39 +000059RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(const Decl *D) const {
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +000060 if (!CommentsLoaded && ExternalSource) {
61 ExternalSource->ReadComments();
62 CommentsLoaded = true;
63 }
64
65 assert(D);
66
Dmitri Gribenkodf17d642012-06-28 16:19:39 +000067 // User can not attach documentation to implicit declarations.
68 if (D->isImplicit())
69 return NULL;
70
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +000071 // User can not attach documentation to implicit instantiations.
72 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
73 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
74 return NULL;
75 }
76
Dmitri Gribenkob1ad9932012-08-20 22:36:31 +000077 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
78 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
79 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
80 return NULL;
81 }
82
83 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) {
84 if (CRD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
85 return NULL;
86 }
87
Dmitri Gribenko01b06512013-01-27 21:18:39 +000088 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD =
89 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) {
90 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = CTSD->getSpecializationKind();
91 if (TSK == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation ||
92 TSK == TSK_Undeclared)
93 return NULL;
94 }
95
Dmitri Gribenkob1ad9932012-08-20 22:36:31 +000096 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
97 if (ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
98 return NULL;
99 }
Fariborz Jahanian799a4032013-04-17 21:05:20 +0000100 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) {
101 // When tag declaration (but not definition!) is part of the
102 // decl-specifier-seq of some other declaration, it doesn't get comment
103 if (TD->isEmbeddedInDeclarator() && !TD->isCompleteDefinition())
104 return NULL;
105 }
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000106 // TODO: handle comments for function parameters properly.
107 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
108 return NULL;
109
Dmitri Gribenko34df2202012-07-31 22:37:06 +0000110 // TODO: we could look up template parameter documentation in the template
111 // documentation.
112 if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D) ||
113 isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D) ||
114 isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D))
115 return NULL;
116
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000117 ArrayRef<RawComment *> RawComments = Comments.getComments();
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000118
119 // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything.
120 if (RawComments.empty())
121 return NULL;
122
Dmitri Gribenkoe7bb9442012-07-13 01:06:46 +0000123 // Find declaration location.
124 // For Objective-C declarations we generally don't expect to have multiple
125 // declarators, thus use declaration starting location as the "declaration
126 // location".
127 // For all other declarations multiple declarators are used quite frequently,
128 // so we use the location of the identifier as the "declaration location".
129 SourceLocation DeclLoc;
130 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(D) ||
Dmitri Gribenko34df2202012-07-31 22:37:06 +0000131 isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D) ||
Dmitri Gribenko7f4b3772012-08-02 20:49:51 +0000132 isa<RedeclarableTemplateDecl>(D) ||
133 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D))
Dmitri Gribenkoe7bb9442012-07-13 01:06:46 +0000134 DeclLoc = D->getLocStart();
135 else
136 DeclLoc = D->getLocation();
137
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000138 // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we
139 // can't find the comment.
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000140 if (DeclLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclLoc.isFileID())
141 return NULL;
142
143 // Find the comment that occurs just after this declaration.
Dmitri Gribenko82ea9472012-07-17 22:01:09 +0000144 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator Comment;
145 {
146 // When searching for comments during parsing, the comment we are looking
147 // for is usually among the last two comments we parsed -- check them
148 // first.
Dmitri Gribenkoa7d16ce2013-04-10 15:35:17 +0000149 RawComment CommentAtDeclLoc(
150 SourceMgr, SourceRange(DeclLoc), false,
151 LangOpts.CommentOpts.ParseAllComments);
Dmitri Gribenko82ea9472012-07-17 22:01:09 +0000152 BeforeThanCompare<RawComment> Compare(SourceMgr);
153 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator MaybeBeforeDecl = RawComments.end() - 1;
154 bool Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc);
155 if (!Found && RawComments.size() >= 2) {
156 MaybeBeforeDecl--;
157 Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc);
158 }
159
160 if (Found) {
161 Comment = MaybeBeforeDecl + 1;
162 assert(Comment == std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(),
163 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare));
164 } else {
165 // Slow path.
166 Comment = std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(),
167 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare);
168 }
169 }
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000170
171 // Decompose the location for the declaration and find the beginning of the
172 // file buffer.
173 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclLocDecomp = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclLoc);
174
175 // First check whether we have a trailing comment.
176 if (Comment != RawComments.end() &&
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000177 (*Comment)->isDocumentation() && (*Comment)->isTrailingComment() &&
Dmitri Gribenko44cd7e62012-07-06 23:27:33 +0000178 (isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<VarDecl>(D))) {
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000179 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentBeginDecomp
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000180 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getBegin());
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000181 // Check that Doxygen trailing comment comes after the declaration, starts
182 // on the same line and in the same file as the declaration.
183 if (DeclLocDecomp.first == CommentBeginDecomp.first &&
184 SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclLocDecomp.first, DeclLocDecomp.second)
185 == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(CommentBeginDecomp.first,
186 CommentBeginDecomp.second)) {
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000187 return *Comment;
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000188 }
189 }
190
191 // The comment just after the declaration was not a trailing comment.
192 // Let's look at the previous comment.
193 if (Comment == RawComments.begin())
194 return NULL;
195 --Comment;
196
197 // Check that we actually have a non-member Doxygen comment.
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000198 if (!(*Comment)->isDocumentation() || (*Comment)->isTrailingComment())
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000199 return NULL;
200
201 // Decompose the end of the comment.
202 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentEndDecomp
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000203 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getEnd());
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000204
205 // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they
206 // aren't related.
207 if (DeclLocDecomp.first != CommentEndDecomp.first)
208 return NULL;
209
210 // Get the corresponding buffer.
211 bool Invalid = false;
212 const char *Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclLocDecomp.first,
213 &Invalid).data();
214 if (Invalid)
215 return NULL;
216
217 // Extract text between the comment and declaration.
218 StringRef Text(Buffer + CommentEndDecomp.second,
219 DeclLocDecomp.second - CommentEndDecomp.second);
220
Dmitri Gribenko7e8729b2012-06-27 23:43:37 +0000221 // There should be no other declarations or preprocessor directives between
222 // comment and declaration.
Dmitri Gribenkoe7bb9442012-07-13 01:06:46 +0000223 if (Text.find_first_of(",;{}#@") != StringRef::npos)
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000224 return NULL;
225
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000226 return *Comment;
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000227}
228
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000229namespace {
230/// If we have a 'templated' declaration for a template, adjust 'D' to
231/// refer to the actual template.
Dmitri Gribenko90631802012-08-22 17:44:32 +0000232/// If we have an implicit instantiation, adjust 'D' to refer to template.
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000233const Decl *adjustDeclToTemplate(const Decl *D) {
Douglas Gregor35ceb272012-08-13 16:37:30 +0000234 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Dmitri Gribenko90631802012-08-22 17:44:32 +0000235 // Is this function declaration part of a function template?
Douglas Gregor35ceb272012-08-13 16:37:30 +0000236 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
Dmitri Gribenko90631802012-08-22 17:44:32 +0000237 return FTD;
238
239 // Nothing to do if function is not an implicit instantiation.
240 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
241 return D;
242
243 // Function is an implicit instantiation of a function template?
244 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getPrimaryTemplate())
245 return FTD;
246
247 // Function is instantiated from a member definition of a class template?
248 if (const FunctionDecl *MemberDecl =
249 FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction())
250 return MemberDecl;
251
252 return D;
Douglas Gregor35ceb272012-08-13 16:37:30 +0000253 }
Dmitri Gribenko90631802012-08-22 17:44:32 +0000254 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
255 // Static data member is instantiated from a member definition of a class
256 // template?
257 if (VD->isStaticDataMember())
258 if (const VarDecl *MemberDecl = VD->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember())
259 return MemberDecl;
260
261 return D;
262 }
263 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) {
264 // Is this class declaration part of a class template?
265 if (const ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = CRD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
266 return CTD;
267
268 // Class is an implicit instantiation of a class template or partial
269 // specialization?
270 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD =
271 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CRD)) {
272 if (CTSD->getSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
273 return D;
274 llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl *,
275 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>
276 PU = CTSD->getSpecializedTemplateOrPartial();
277 return PU.is<ClassTemplateDecl*>() ?
278 static_cast<const Decl*>(PU.get<ClassTemplateDecl *>()) :
279 static_cast<const Decl*>(
280 PU.get<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>());
281 }
282
283 // Class is instantiated from a member definition of a class template?
284 if (const MemberSpecializationInfo *Info =
285 CRD->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
286 return Info->getInstantiatedFrom();
287
288 return D;
289 }
290 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
291 // Enum is instantiated from a member definition of a class template?
292 if (const EnumDecl *MemberDecl = ED->getInstantiatedFromMemberEnum())
293 return MemberDecl;
294
295 return D;
296 }
297 // FIXME: Adjust alias templates?
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000298 return D;
299}
300} // unnamed namespace
301
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000302const RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(
303 const Decl *D,
304 const Decl **OriginalDecl) const {
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000305 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D);
Douglas Gregor35ceb272012-08-13 16:37:30 +0000306
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000307 // Check whether we have cached a comment for this declaration already.
308 {
309 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos =
310 RedeclComments.find(D);
311 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) {
312 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second;
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000313 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) {
314 if (OriginalDecl)
315 *OriginalDecl = Raw.getOriginalDecl();
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000316 return Raw.getRaw();
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000317 }
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000318 }
Dmitri Gribenkoec925312012-07-06 00:28:32 +0000319 }
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000320
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000321 // Search for comments attached to declarations in the redeclaration chain.
322 const RawComment *RC = NULL;
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000323 const Decl *OriginalDeclForRC = NULL;
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000324 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(),
325 E = D->redecls_end();
326 I != E; ++I) {
327 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos =
328 RedeclComments.find(*I);
329 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) {
330 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second;
331 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) {
332 RC = Raw.getRaw();
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000333 OriginalDeclForRC = Raw.getOriginalDecl();
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000334 break;
335 }
336 } else {
337 RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(*I);
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000338 OriginalDeclForRC = *I;
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000339 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw;
340 if (RC) {
341 Raw.setRaw(RC);
342 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromDecl);
343 } else
344 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl);
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000345 Raw.setOriginalDecl(*I);
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000346 RedeclComments[*I] = Raw;
347 if (RC)
348 break;
349 }
350 }
351
Dmitri Gribenko5c8897d2012-06-28 16:25:36 +0000352 // If we found a comment, it should be a documentation comment.
353 assert(!RC || RC->isDocumentation());
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000354
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000355 if (OriginalDecl)
356 *OriginalDecl = OriginalDeclForRC;
357
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000358 // Update cache for every declaration in the redeclaration chain.
359 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw;
360 Raw.setRaw(RC);
361 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromRedecl);
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000362 Raw.setOriginalDecl(OriginalDeclForRC);
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000363
364 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(),
365 E = D->redecls_end();
366 I != E; ++I) {
367 RawCommentAndCacheFlags &R = RedeclComments[*I];
368 if (R.getKind() == RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl)
369 R = Raw;
370 }
371
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000372 return RC;
373}
374
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000375static void addRedeclaredMethods(const ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
376 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Redeclared) {
377 const DeclContext *DC = ObjCMethod->getDeclContext();
378 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(DC)) {
379 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = IMD->getClassInterface();
380 if (!ID)
381 return;
382 // Add redeclared method here.
Douglas Gregor048fbfa2013-01-16 23:00:23 +0000383 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator
384 Ext = ID->known_extensions_begin(),
385 ExtEnd = ID->known_extensions_end();
386 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) {
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000387 if (ObjCMethodDecl *RedeclaredMethod =
Douglas Gregor048fbfa2013-01-16 23:00:23 +0000388 Ext->getMethod(ObjCMethod->getSelector(),
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000389 ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod()))
390 Redeclared.push_back(RedeclaredMethod);
391 }
392 }
393}
394
Fariborz Jahanian42e31322012-10-11 23:52:50 +0000395comments::FullComment *ASTContext::cloneFullComment(comments::FullComment *FC,
396 const Decl *D) const {
397 comments::DeclInfo *ThisDeclInfo = new (*this) comments::DeclInfo;
398 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = D;
399 ThisDeclInfo->IsFilled = false;
400 ThisDeclInfo->fill();
401 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = FC->getDecl();
402 comments::FullComment *CFC =
403 new (*this) comments::FullComment(FC->getBlocks(),
404 ThisDeclInfo);
405 return CFC;
406
407}
408
Dmitri Gribenko6743e042012-09-29 11:40:46 +0000409comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl(
410 const Decl *D,
411 const Preprocessor *PP) const {
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000412 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D);
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000413
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000414 const Decl *Canonical = D->getCanonicalDecl();
415 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, comments::FullComment *>::iterator Pos =
416 ParsedComments.find(Canonical);
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000417
418 if (Pos != ParsedComments.end()) {
Fariborz Jahanian42e31322012-10-11 23:52:50 +0000419 if (Canonical != D) {
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000420 comments::FullComment *FC = Pos->second;
Fariborz Jahanian42e31322012-10-11 23:52:50 +0000421 comments::FullComment *CFC = cloneFullComment(FC, D);
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000422 return CFC;
423 }
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000424 return Pos->second;
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000425 }
426
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000427 const Decl *OriginalDecl;
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000428
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000429 const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D, &OriginalDecl);
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000430 if (!RC) {
431 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Dmitri Gribenko941ab0f2012-11-03 14:24:57 +0000432 SmallVector<const NamedDecl*, 8> Overridden;
Fariborz Jahanian37494a12013-01-12 00:28:34 +0000433 const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
Fariborz Jahanian66024d02013-01-25 23:08:39 +0000434 if (OMD && OMD->isPropertyAccessor())
435 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = OMD->findPropertyDecl())
436 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(PDecl, PP))
437 return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
Fariborz Jahanian37494a12013-01-12 00:28:34 +0000438 if (OMD)
Dmitri Gribenko941ab0f2012-11-03 14:24:57 +0000439 addRedeclaredMethods(OMD, Overridden);
440 getOverriddenMethods(dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D), Overridden);
Fariborz Jahanian66024d02013-01-25 23:08:39 +0000441 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Overridden.size(); i < e; i++)
442 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(Overridden[i], PP))
443 return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000444 }
Fariborz Jahanian6384fbb2013-05-02 15:44:16 +0000445 else if (const TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
Dmitri Gribenko01b06512013-01-27 21:18:39 +0000446 // Attach any tag type's documentation to its typedef if latter
Fariborz Jahanian66024d02013-01-25 23:08:39 +0000447 // does not have one of its own.
Fariborz Jahanian40abf342013-01-25 22:48:32 +0000448 QualType QT = TD->getUnderlyingType();
Dmitri Gribenko01b06512013-01-27 21:18:39 +0000449 if (const TagType *TT = QT->getAs<TagType>())
450 if (const Decl *TD = TT->getDecl())
451 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(TD, PP))
Fariborz Jahanian66024d02013-01-25 23:08:39 +0000452 return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
Fariborz Jahanian40abf342013-01-25 22:48:32 +0000453 }
Fariborz Jahaniane970c1b2013-04-26 20:55:38 +0000454 else if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
455 while (IC->getSuperClass()) {
456 IC = IC->getSuperClass();
457 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(IC, PP))
458 return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
459 }
460 }
461 else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D)) {
462 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC = CD->getClassInterface())
463 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(IC, PP))
464 return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
465 }
466 else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) {
467 if (!(RD = RD->getDefinition()))
468 return NULL;
469 // Check non-virtual bases.
470 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator I =
471 RD->bases_begin(), E = RD->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Fariborz Jahanian5a2e4a22013-04-26 23:34:36 +0000472 if (I->isVirtual() || (I->getAccessSpecifier() != AS_public))
Fariborz Jahaniane970c1b2013-04-26 20:55:38 +0000473 continue;
474 QualType Ty = I->getType();
475 if (Ty.isNull())
476 continue;
477 if (const CXXRecordDecl *NonVirtualBase = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
478 if (!(NonVirtualBase= NonVirtualBase->getDefinition()))
479 continue;
480
481 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl((NonVirtualBase), PP))
482 return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
483 }
484 }
485 // Check virtual bases.
486 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator I =
487 RD->vbases_begin(), E = RD->vbases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Fariborz Jahanian5a2e4a22013-04-26 23:34:36 +0000488 if (I->getAccessSpecifier() != AS_public)
489 continue;
Fariborz Jahaniane970c1b2013-04-26 20:55:38 +0000490 QualType Ty = I->getType();
491 if (Ty.isNull())
492 continue;
493 if (const CXXRecordDecl *VirtualBase = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
494 if (!(VirtualBase= VirtualBase->getDefinition()))
495 continue;
496 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl((VirtualBase), PP))
497 return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
498 }
499 }
500 }
Dmitri Gribenkoec925312012-07-06 00:28:32 +0000501 return NULL;
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000502 }
503
Dmitri Gribenkobfda9f72012-08-22 18:12:19 +0000504 // If the RawComment was attached to other redeclaration of this Decl, we
505 // should parse the comment in context of that other Decl. This is important
506 // because comments can contain references to parameter names which can be
507 // different across redeclarations.
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000508 if (D != OriginalDecl)
Dmitri Gribenko6743e042012-09-29 11:40:46 +0000509 return getCommentForDecl(OriginalDecl, PP);
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000510
Dmitri Gribenko6743e042012-09-29 11:40:46 +0000511 comments::FullComment *FC = RC->parse(*this, PP, D);
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000512 ParsedComments[Canonical] = FC;
513 return FC;
Dmitri Gribenkoec925312012-07-06 00:28:32 +0000514}
515
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000516void
517ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
518 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) {
519 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth());
520 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition());
Douglas Gregorf5500772011-01-05 15:48:55 +0000521 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack());
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000522
523 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters();
524 ID.AddInteger(Params->size());
525 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
526 PEnd = Params->end();
527 P != PEnd; ++P) {
528 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) {
529 ID.AddInteger(0);
530 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack());
531 continue;
532 }
533
534 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
535 ID.AddInteger(1);
Douglas Gregorf5500772011-01-05 15:48:55 +0000536 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack());
Eli Friedman205a4292012-03-07 01:09:33 +0000537 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr());
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000538 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) {
539 ID.AddBoolean(true);
540 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes());
Eli Friedman205a4292012-03-07 01:09:33 +0000541 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) {
542 QualType T = NTTP->getExpansionType(I);
543 ID.AddPointer(T.getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr());
544 }
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000545 } else
546 ID.AddBoolean(false);
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000547 continue;
548 }
549
550 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P);
551 ID.AddInteger(2);
552 Profile(ID, TTP);
553 }
554}
555
556TemplateTemplateParmDecl *
557ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000558 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const {
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000559 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter.
560 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
561 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP);
562 void *InsertPos = 0;
563 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical
564 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
565 if (Canonical)
566 return Canonical->getParam();
567
568 // Build a canonical template parameter list.
569 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters();
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000570 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams;
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000571 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size());
572 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
573 PEnd = Params->end();
574 P != PEnd; ++P) {
575 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P))
576 CanonParams.push_back(
577 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnarab3185b02011-03-06 15:48:19 +0000578 SourceLocation(),
579 SourceLocation(),
580 TTP->getDepth(),
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000581 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false,
582 TTP->isParameterPack()));
583 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000584 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
585 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType());
586 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
587 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param;
588 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000589 SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes;
590 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos;
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000591 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) {
592 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I)));
593 ExpandedTInfos.push_back(
594 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back()));
595 }
596
597 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +0000598 SourceLocation(),
599 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000600 NTTP->getDepth(),
601 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
602 T,
603 TInfo,
604 ExpandedTypes.data(),
605 ExpandedTypes.size(),
606 ExpandedTInfos.data());
607 } else {
608 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +0000609 SourceLocation(),
610 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000611 NTTP->getDepth(),
612 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
613 T,
614 NTTP->isParameterPack(),
615 TInfo);
616 }
617 CanonParams.push_back(Param);
618
619 } else
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000620 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
621 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P)));
622 }
623
624 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP
625 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
626 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
Douglas Gregorf5500772011-01-05 15:48:55 +0000627 TTP->getPosition(),
628 TTP->isParameterPack(),
629 0,
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000630 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(),
631 SourceLocation(),
632 CanonParams.data(),
633 CanonParams.size(),
634 SourceLocation()));
635
636 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
637 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
638 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!");
639 (void)Canonical;
640
641 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry.
642 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP);
643 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos);
644 return CanonTTP;
645}
646
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000647CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) {
John McCall86353412010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000648 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0;
649
John McCall359b8852013-01-25 22:30:49 +0000650 switch (T.getCXXABI().getKind()) {
651 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM:
652 case TargetCXXABI::iOS:
John McCall86353412010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000653 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this);
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +0000654 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: // Same as Itanium at this level
John McCall359b8852013-01-25 22:30:49 +0000655 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium:
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000656 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this);
John McCall359b8852013-01-25 22:30:49 +0000657 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft:
Charles Davis6bcb07a2010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000658 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this);
659 }
David Blaikie8a40f702012-01-17 06:56:22 +0000660 llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXXABI type!");
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000661}
662
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000663static const LangAS::Map *getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T,
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000664 const LangOptions &LOpts) {
665 if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) {
666 // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each
667 // language-specific address space.
668 static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = {
669 1, // opencl_global
670 2, // opencl_local
Peter Collingbournef44bdf92012-05-20 21:08:35 +0000671 3, // opencl_constant
672 4, // cuda_device
673 5, // cuda_constant
674 6 // cuda_shared
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000675 };
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000676 return &FakeAddrSpaceMap;
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000677 } else {
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000678 return &T.getAddressSpaceMap();
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000679 }
680}
681
Douglas Gregor7018d5b2011-09-01 20:23:19 +0000682ASTContext::ASTContext(LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000683 const TargetInfo *t,
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000684 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +0000685 Builtin::Context &builtins,
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000686 unsigned size_reserve,
687 bool DelayInitialization)
688 : FunctionProtoTypes(this_()),
689 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
690 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
691 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()),
692 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0),
693 Int128Decl(0), UInt128Decl(0),
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +0000694 BuiltinVaListDecl(0),
Douglas Gregord53ae832012-01-17 18:09:05 +0000695 ObjCIdDecl(0), ObjCSelDecl(0), ObjCClassDecl(0), ObjCProtocolClassDecl(0),
Fariborz Jahanianf2578572012-08-30 18:49:41 +0000696 BOOLDecl(0),
Douglas Gregorbab8a962011-09-08 01:46:34 +0000697 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), ObjCInstanceTypeDecl(0),
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000698 FILEDecl(0),
Rafael Espindola6cfa82b2011-11-13 21:51:09 +0000699 jmp_bufDecl(0), sigjmp_bufDecl(0), ucontext_tDecl(0),
700 BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0),
701 cudaConfigureCallDecl(0),
Douglas Gregor0f2a3602011-12-03 00:30:27 +0000702 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()),
703 FirstLocalImport(), LastLocalImport(),
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000704 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts),
Douglas Gregorc0b07282011-09-27 22:38:19 +0000705 AddrSpaceMap(0), Target(t), PrintingPolicy(LOpts),
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000706 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
707 BuiltinInfo(builtins),
708 DeclarationNames(*this),
Douglas Gregorc0b07282011-09-27 22:38:19 +0000709 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0),
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000710 Comments(SM), CommentsLoaded(false),
Dmitri Gribenkoacf2e782013-02-22 14:21:27 +0000711 CommentCommandTraits(BumpAlloc, LOpts.CommentOpts),
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000712 LastSDM(0, 0),
Fariborz Jahaniancb6c8672013-01-04 18:45:40 +0000713 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0)
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000714{
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000715 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve);
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000716 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000717
718 if (!DelayInitialization) {
719 assert(t && "No target supplied for ASTContext initialization");
720 InitBuiltinTypes(*t);
721 }
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000722}
723
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +0000724ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
Ted Kremenekda4e0d32010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000725 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects.
726 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution?
727 ReleaseDeclContextMaps();
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000728
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000729 // Call all of the deallocation functions.
730 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I)
731 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second);
Douglas Gregor1a809332010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000732
Ted Kremenek076baeb2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000733 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000734 // because they can contain DenseMaps.
735 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*,
736 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
737 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; )
738 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
739 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
740 R->Destroy(*this);
741
Ted Kremenek076baeb2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000742 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
743 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
744 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
745 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
746 R->Destroy(*this);
747 }
Douglas Gregor561eceb2010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000748
749 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(),
750 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end();
751 A != AEnd; ++A)
752 A->second->~AttrVec();
753}
Douglas Gregorf21eb492009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000754
Douglas Gregor1a809332010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000755void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) {
756 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data));
757}
758
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000759void
Dylan Noblesmithe2778992012-02-05 02:12:40 +0000760ASTContext::setExternalSource(OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) {
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000761 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take());
762}
763
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000764void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000765 llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n";
766 llvm::errs() << " " << Types.size() << " types total.\n";
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000767
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000768 unsigned counts[] = {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000769#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000770#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
771#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
772 0 // Extra
773 };
Douglas Gregorb1fe2c92009-04-07 17:20:56 +0000774
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000775 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
776 Type *T = Types[i];
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000777 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000778 }
779
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000780 unsigned Idx = 0;
781 unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
782#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
783 if (counts[Idx]) \
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000784 llvm::errs() << " " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name \
785 << " types\n"; \
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000786 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
787 ++Idx;
788#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
789#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000790
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000791 llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n";
792
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000793 // Implicit special member functions.
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000794 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/"
795 << NumImplicitDefaultConstructors
796 << " implicit default constructors created\n";
797 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/"
798 << NumImplicitCopyConstructors
799 << " implicit copy constructors created\n";
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000800 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000801 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/"
802 << NumImplicitMoveConstructors
803 << " implicit move constructors created\n";
804 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/"
805 << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators
806 << " implicit copy assignment operators created\n";
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000807 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000808 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/"
809 << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators
810 << " implicit move assignment operators created\n";
811 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/"
812 << NumImplicitDestructors
813 << " implicit destructors created\n";
814
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000815 if (ExternalSource.get()) {
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000816 llvm::errs() << "\n";
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000817 ExternalSource->PrintStats();
818 }
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000819
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000820 BumpAlloc.PrintStats();
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000821}
822
Douglas Gregor801c99d2011-08-12 06:49:56 +0000823TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getInt128Decl() const {
824 if (!Int128Decl) {
825 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Int128Ty);
826 Int128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
827 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
828 SourceLocation(),
829 SourceLocation(),
830 &Idents.get("__int128_t"),
831 TInfo);
832 }
833
834 return Int128Decl;
835}
836
837TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getUInt128Decl() const {
838 if (!UInt128Decl) {
839 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnsignedInt128Ty);
840 UInt128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
841 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
842 SourceLocation(),
843 SourceLocation(),
844 &Idents.get("__uint128_t"),
845 TInfo);
846 }
847
848 return UInt128Decl;
849}
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000850
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000851void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000852 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000853 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000854 Types.push_back(Ty);
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +0000855}
856
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000857void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes(const TargetInfo &Target) {
858 assert((!this->Target || this->Target == &Target) &&
859 "Incorrect target reinitialization");
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000860 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000861
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000862 this->Target = &Target;
863
864 ABI.reset(createCXXABI(Target));
865 AddrSpaceMap = getAddressSpaceMap(Target, LangOpts);
866
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000867 // C99 6.2.5p19.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000868 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000869
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000870 // C99 6.2.5p2.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000871 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000872 // C99 6.2.5p3.
Eli Friedman9ffd4a92009-06-05 07:05:05 +0000873 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
Chris Lattnerb16f4552007-06-03 07:25:34 +0000874 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
875 else
876 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000877 // C99 6.2.5p4.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000878 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
879 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
880 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
881 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
882 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000883
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000884 // C99 6.2.5p6.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000885 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
886 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
887 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
888 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
889 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000890
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000891 // C99 6.2.5p10.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000892 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
893 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
894 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000895
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +0000896 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
897 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
898 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
899
Abramo Bagnara06782942012-09-09 10:13:32 +0000900 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && LangOpts.WChar) { // C++ 3.9.1p5
Eli Friedman786d0872011-04-30 19:24:24 +0000901 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType()))
Chris Lattnerad3467e2010-12-25 23:25:43 +0000902 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S);
903 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned.
904 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U);
Abramo Bagnara06782942012-09-09 10:13:32 +0000905 } else // C99 (or C++ using -fno-wchar)
Chris Lattner007cb022009-02-26 23:43:47 +0000906 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000907
James Molloy36365542012-05-04 10:55:22 +0000908 WIntTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWIntType());
909
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000910 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
911 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
912 else // C99
913 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
914
915 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
916 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
917 else // C99
918 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
919
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000920 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
921 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
922 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
923 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
924 // expressions.
925 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000926
John McCall36e7fe32010-10-12 00:20:44 +0000927 // Placeholder type for functions.
928 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
929
John McCall0009fcc2011-04-26 20:42:42 +0000930 // Placeholder type for bound members.
931 InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember);
932
John McCall526ab472011-10-25 17:37:35 +0000933 // Placeholder type for pseudo-objects.
934 InitBuiltinType(PseudoObjectTy, BuiltinType::PseudoObject);
935
John McCall31996342011-04-07 08:22:57 +0000936 // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients.
937 InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny);
938
John McCall8a6b59a2011-10-17 18:09:15 +0000939 // Placeholder type for unbridged ARC casts.
940 InitBuiltinType(ARCUnbridgedCastTy, BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast);
941
Eli Friedman34866c72012-08-31 00:14:07 +0000942 // Placeholder type for builtin functions.
943 InitBuiltinType(BuiltinFnTy, BuiltinType::BuiltinFn);
944
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000945 // C99 6.2.5p11.
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +0000946 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
947 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
948 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000949
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000950 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'.
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000951 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
952 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000953 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
Guy Benyeid8a08ea2012-12-18 14:38:23 +0000954
955 if (LangOpts.OpenCL) {
956 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1d);
957 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray);
958 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dBufferTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer);
959 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2d);
960 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray);
961 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage3dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage3d);
Guy Benyei1b4fb3e2013-01-20 12:31:11 +0000962
Guy Benyei61054192013-02-07 10:55:47 +0000963 InitBuiltinType(OCLSamplerTy, BuiltinType::OCLSampler);
Guy Benyei1b4fb3e2013-01-20 12:31:11 +0000964 InitBuiltinType(OCLEventTy, BuiltinType::OCLEvent);
Guy Benyeid8a08ea2012-12-18 14:38:23 +0000965 }
Ted Kremeneke65b0862012-03-06 20:05:56 +0000966
967 // Builtin type for __objc_yes and __objc_no
Fariborz Jahanian29898f42012-04-16 21:03:30 +0000968 ObjCBuiltinBoolTy = (Target.useSignedCharForObjCBool() ?
969 SignedCharTy : BoolTy);
Ted Kremeneke65b0862012-03-06 20:05:56 +0000970
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000971 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahaniancb6c8672013-01-04 18:45:40 +0000972
973 ObjCSuperType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000974
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000975 // void * type
976 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000977
978 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
979 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
Anton Korobeynikovf0c267e2011-10-14 23:23:15 +0000980
981 // half type (OpenCL 6.1.1.1) / ARM NEON __fp16
982 InitBuiltinType(HalfTy, BuiltinType::Half);
Meador Ingecfb60902012-07-01 15:57:25 +0000983
984 // Builtin type used to help define __builtin_va_list.
985 VaListTagTy = QualType();
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000986}
987
David Blaikie9c902b52011-09-25 23:23:43 +0000988DiagnosticsEngine &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisca0d0cd2010-09-22 14:32:24 +0000989 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics();
990}
991
Douglas Gregor561eceb2010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000992AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
993 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D];
994 if (!Result) {
995 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec));
996 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec;
997 }
998
999 return *Result;
1000}
1001
1002/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration.
1003void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
1004 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D);
1005 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) {
1006 Pos->second->~AttrVec();
1007 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos);
1008 }
1009}
1010
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +00001011MemberSpecializationInfo *
Douglas Gregor3c74d412009-10-14 20:14:33 +00001012ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00001013 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Douglas Gregor3c74d412009-10-14 20:14:33 +00001014 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00001015 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var);
1016 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end())
1017 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001018
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00001019 return Pos->second;
1020}
1021
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001022void
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +00001023ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscdb8b3f2010-07-04 21:44:00 +00001024 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
1025 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00001026 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
1027 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
1028 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] &&
1029 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from");
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +00001030 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst]
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscdb8b3f2010-07-04 21:44:00 +00001031 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00001032}
1033
Francois Pichet00c7e6c2011-08-14 03:52:19 +00001034FunctionDecl *ASTContext::getClassScopeSpecializationPattern(
1035 const FunctionDecl *FD){
1036 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0");
1037 llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
Francois Pichet57928252011-08-14 14:28:49 +00001038 = ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.find(FD);
1039 if (Pos == ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.end())
Francois Pichet00c7e6c2011-08-14 03:52:19 +00001040 return 0;
1041
1042 return Pos->second;
1043}
1044
1045void ASTContext::setClassScopeSpecializationPattern(FunctionDecl *FD,
1046 FunctionDecl *Pattern) {
1047 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0");
1048 assert(Pattern && "Class scope specialization pattern is 0");
Francois Pichet57928252011-08-14 14:28:49 +00001049 ClassScopeSpecializationPattern[FD] = Pattern;
Francois Pichet00c7e6c2011-08-14 03:52:19 +00001050}
1051
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +00001052NamedDecl *
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +00001053ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) {
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +00001054 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +00001055 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD);
1056 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end())
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +00001057 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001058
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +00001059 return Pos->second;
1060}
1061
1062void
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +00001063ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) {
1064 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) ||
1065 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) ||
1066 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) &&
1067 "pattern decl is not a using decl");
1068 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
1069 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
1070}
1071
1072UsingShadowDecl *
1073ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) {
1074 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos
1075 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst);
1076 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end())
1077 return 0;
1078
1079 return Pos->second;
1080}
1081
1082void
1083ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst,
1084 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) {
1085 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
1086 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +00001087}
1088
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +00001089FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
1090 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
1091 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
1092 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
1093 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001094
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +00001095 return Pos->second;
1096}
1097
1098void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
1099 FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
1100 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
1101 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
1102 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
1103 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001104
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +00001105 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
1106}
1107
Fariborz Jahanian595ec5d2011-04-27 17:14:21 +00001108bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
1109 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
1110 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00001111 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0);
Fariborz Jahanian595ec5d2011-04-27 17:14:21 +00001112}
1113
Fariborz Jahanianeb397412011-05-02 17:20:56 +00001114bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
1115 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
1116 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00001117 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0 &&
1118 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this) != 0);
Fariborz Jahanianeb397412011-05-02 17:20:56 +00001119}
1120
Fariborz Jahanian84335f72011-05-04 18:51:37 +00001121bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
1122 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
1123 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00001124 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) &&
1125 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this));
Fariborz Jahanian84335f72011-05-04 18:51:37 +00001126}
1127
Chad Rosierf01a7dd2011-08-04 23:34:15 +00001128bool ASTContext::NonBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanianb7a28792011-05-06 21:56:12 +00001129 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
1130 return (!FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00001131 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this));
Fariborz Jahanianb7a28792011-05-06 21:56:12 +00001132}
1133
Chad Rosierf01a7dd2011-08-04 23:34:15 +00001134bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanianb7a28792011-05-06 21:56:12 +00001135 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
1136 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00001137 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this));
Fariborz Jahanianb7a28792011-05-06 21:56:12 +00001138}
1139
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +00001140ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
1141ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
1142 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscc4ca0a2012-10-09 01:23:45 +00001143 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl());
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +00001144 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
1145 return 0;
1146
1147 return Pos->second.begin();
1148}
1149
1150ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
1151ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
1152 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscc4ca0a2012-10-09 01:23:45 +00001153 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl());
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +00001154 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
1155 return 0;
1156
1157 return Pos->second.end();
1158}
1159
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6685e8a2010-07-04 21:44:35 +00001160unsigned
1161ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
1162 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscc4ca0a2012-10-09 01:23:45 +00001163 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6685e8a2010-07-04 21:44:35 +00001164 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
1165 return 0;
1166
1167 return Pos->second.size();
1168}
1169
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +00001170void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method,
1171 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscc4ca0a2012-10-09 01:23:45 +00001172 assert(Method->isCanonicalDecl() && Overridden->isCanonicalDecl());
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +00001173 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden);
1174}
1175
Dmitri Gribenko941ab0f2012-11-03 14:24:57 +00001176void ASTContext::getOverriddenMethods(
1177 const NamedDecl *D,
1178 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Overridden) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb9556e62012-10-09 01:23:50 +00001179 assert(D);
1180
1181 if (const CXXMethodDecl *CXXMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc8e70082013-04-17 00:09:03 +00001182 Overridden.append(overridden_methods_begin(CXXMethod),
1183 overridden_methods_end(CXXMethod));
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb9556e62012-10-09 01:23:50 +00001184 return;
1185 }
1186
1187 const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
1188 if (!Method)
1189 return;
1190
Argyrios Kyrtzidis353f6a42012-10-09 18:19:01 +00001191 SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 8> OverDecls;
1192 Method->getOverriddenMethods(OverDecls);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa7a10812012-10-09 20:08:43 +00001193 Overridden.append(OverDecls.begin(), OverDecls.end());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb9556e62012-10-09 01:23:50 +00001194}
1195
Douglas Gregor0f2a3602011-12-03 00:30:27 +00001196void ASTContext::addedLocalImportDecl(ImportDecl *Import) {
1197 assert(!Import->NextLocalImport && "Import declaration already in the chain");
1198 assert(!Import->isFromASTFile() && "Non-local import declaration");
1199 if (!FirstLocalImport) {
1200 FirstLocalImport = Import;
1201 LastLocalImport = Import;
1202 return;
1203 }
1204
1205 LastLocalImport->NextLocalImport = Import;
1206 LastLocalImport = Import;
1207}
1208
Chris Lattner53cfe802007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001209//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1210// Type Sizing and Analysis
1211//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001212
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001213/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
1214/// scalar floating point type.
1215const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001216 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001217 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
1218 switch (BT->getKind()) {
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00001219 default: llvm_unreachable("Not a floating point type!");
Anton Korobeynikovf0c267e2011-10-14 23:23:15 +00001220 case BuiltinType::Half: return Target->getHalfFormat();
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001221 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target->getFloatFormat();
1222 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target->getDoubleFormat();
1223 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target->getLongDoubleFormat();
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001224 }
1225}
1226
Ken Dyck160146e2010-01-27 17:10:57 +00001227/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +00001228/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so
1229/// this method will assert on them.
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001230/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type
1231/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen).
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001232CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const {
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001233 unsigned Align = Target->getCharWidth();
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +00001234
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001235 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false;
1236 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) {
1237 Align = AlignFromAttr;
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +00001238
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001239 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment
1240 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases
1241 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified.
1242 //
Peter Collingbourne2f3cf4b2011-09-29 18:04:28 +00001243 // It is an error for alignas to decrease alignment, so we can
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001244 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it.
1245 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1246 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
1247 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
1248 } else {
1249 UseAlignAttrOnly = true;
1250 }
1251 }
Fariborz Jahanian9f107182011-05-05 21:19:14 +00001252 else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D))
1253 UseAlignAttrOnly =
1254 D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
1255 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001256
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +00001257 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything
1258 // else about the declaration and its type.
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001259 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) {
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +00001260 // do nothing
1261
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001262 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +00001263 QualType T = VD->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001264 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001265 if (RefAsPointee)
1266 T = RT->getPointeeType();
1267 else
1268 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType());
1269 }
1270 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) {
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001271 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the
1272 // large-array alignment on the target.
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001273 unsigned MinWidth = Target->getLargeArrayMinWidth();
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001274 const ArrayType *arrayType;
1275 if (MinWidth && (arrayType = getAsArrayType(T))) {
1276 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType))
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001277 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign());
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001278 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) &&
1279 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType)))
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001280 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign());
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +00001281
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001282 // Walk through any array types while we're at it.
1283 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType);
1284 }
Chad Rosier99ee7822011-07-26 07:03:04 +00001285 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +00001286 }
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +00001287
1288 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if
1289 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a
1290 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate
1291 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then
1292 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type.
1293 if (const FieldDecl *field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) {
1294 // So calculate the alignment of the field.
1295 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(field->getParent());
1296
1297 // Start with the record's overall alignment.
Ken Dyck7ad11e72011-02-15 02:32:40 +00001298 unsigned fieldAlign = toBits(layout.getAlignment());
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +00001299
1300 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record.
1301 uint64_t offset = layout.getFieldOffset(field->getFieldIndex());
1302 if (offset > 0) {
1303 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2,
1304 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's.
1305 uint64_t lowBitOfOffset = offset & (~offset + 1);
1306 if (lowBitOfOffset < fieldAlign)
1307 fieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(lowBitOfOffset);
1308 }
1309
1310 Align = std::min(Align, fieldAlign);
Charles Davis3fc51072010-02-23 04:52:00 +00001311 }
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +00001312 }
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +00001313
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001314 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align);
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +00001315}
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001316
John McCallf1249922012-08-21 04:10:00 +00001317// getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars - Return the size of a type, in
1318// chars. If the type is a record, its data size is returned. This is
1319// the size of the memcpy that's performed when assigning this type
1320// using a trivial copy/move assignment operator.
1321std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
1322ASTContext::getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars(QualType T) const {
1323 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> sizeAndAlign = getTypeInfoInChars(T);
1324
1325 // In C++, objects can sometimes be allocated into the tail padding
1326 // of a base-class subobject. We decide whether that's possible
1327 // during class layout, so here we can just trust the layout results.
1328 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1329 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
1330 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
1331 sizeAndAlign.first = layout.getDataSize();
1332 }
1333 }
1334
1335 return sizeAndAlign;
1336}
1337
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00001338std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
Ken Dyckd24099d2011-02-20 01:55:18 +00001339ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const {
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00001340 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T);
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001341 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first),
1342 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second));
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00001343}
1344
1345std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
Ken Dyckd24099d2011-02-20 01:55:18 +00001346ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const {
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00001347 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr());
1348}
1349
Daniel Dunbarc6475872012-03-09 04:12:54 +00001350std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const {
1351 TypeInfoMap::iterator it = MemoizedTypeInfo.find(T);
1352 if (it != MemoizedTypeInfo.end())
1353 return it->second;
1354
1355 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfoImpl(T);
1356 MemoizedTypeInfo.insert(std::make_pair(T, Info));
1357 return Info;
1358}
1359
1360/// getTypeInfoImpl - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This
1361/// method does not work on incomplete types.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001362///
1363/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
1364/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
1365/// should take a QualType, &c.
Chris Lattner4481b422007-07-14 01:29:45 +00001366std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned>
Daniel Dunbarc6475872012-03-09 04:12:54 +00001367ASTContext::getTypeInfoImpl(const Type *T) const {
Mike Stump5b9a3d52009-02-27 18:32:39 +00001368 uint64_t Width=0;
1369 unsigned Align=8;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001370 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001371#define TYPE(Class, Base)
1372#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001373#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001374#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
1375#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
John McCall15547bb2011-06-28 16:49:23 +00001376 llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types");
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001377
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001378 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
1379 case Type::FunctionProto:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001380 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
1381 Width = 0;
1382 Align = 32;
1383 break;
1384
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001385 case Type::IncompleteArray:
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001386 case Type::VariableArray:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001387 Width = 0;
1388 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
1389 break;
1390
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001391 case Type::ConstantArray: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001392 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001393
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001394 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
Abramo Bagnarad541a4c2011-12-13 11:23:52 +00001395 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Daniel Dunbarc6475872012-03-09 04:12:54 +00001396 assert((Size == 0 || EltInfo.first <= (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) &&
1397 "Overflow in array type bit size evaluation");
Abramo Bagnarad541a4c2011-12-13 11:23:52 +00001398 Width = EltInfo.first*Size;
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +00001399 Align = EltInfo.second;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisae40e4e2011-04-26 21:05:39 +00001400 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +00001401 break;
Christopher Lambc5fafa22007-12-29 05:10:55 +00001402 }
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001403 case Type::ExtVector:
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +00001404 case Type::Vector: {
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +00001405 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
1406 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
1407 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements();
Eli Friedman3df5efe2008-05-30 09:31:38 +00001408 Align = Width;
Nate Begemanb699c9b2009-01-18 06:42:49 +00001409 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
1410 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
Dan Gohmanef78c8e2010-04-21 23:32:43 +00001411 if (Align & (Align-1)) {
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +00001412 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
1413 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
1414 }
Chad Rosiercc40ea72012-07-13 23:57:43 +00001415 // Adjust the alignment based on the target max.
1416 uint64_t TargetVectorAlign = Target->getMaxVectorAlign();
1417 if (TargetVectorAlign && TargetVectorAlign < Align)
1418 Align = TargetVectorAlign;
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +00001419 break;
1420 }
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +00001421
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001422 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001423 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00001424 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type!");
Chris Lattner4481b422007-07-14 01:29:45 +00001425 case BuiltinType::Void:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001426 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
1427 Width = 0;
1428 Align = 8;
1429 break;
1430
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001431 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001432 Width = Target->getBoolWidth();
1433 Align = Target->getBoolAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001434 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001435 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
1436 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
1437 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001438 case BuiltinType::SChar:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001439 Width = Target->getCharWidth();
1440 Align = Target->getCharAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001441 break;
Chris Lattnerad3467e2010-12-25 23:25:43 +00001442 case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
1443 case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001444 Width = Target->getWCharWidth();
1445 Align = Target->getWCharAlign();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +00001446 break;
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00001447 case BuiltinType::Char16:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001448 Width = Target->getChar16Width();
1449 Align = Target->getChar16Align();
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00001450 break;
1451 case BuiltinType::Char32:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001452 Width = Target->getChar32Width();
1453 Align = Target->getChar32Align();
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00001454 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001455 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001456 case BuiltinType::Short:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001457 Width = Target->getShortWidth();
1458 Align = Target->getShortAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001459 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001460 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001461 case BuiltinType::Int:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001462 Width = Target->getIntWidth();
1463 Align = Target->getIntAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001464 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001465 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001466 case BuiltinType::Long:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001467 Width = Target->getLongWidth();
1468 Align = Target->getLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001469 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001470 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001471 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001472 Width = Target->getLongLongWidth();
1473 Align = Target->getLongLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001474 break;
Chris Lattner0a415ec2009-04-30 02:55:13 +00001475 case BuiltinType::Int128:
1476 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
1477 Width = 128;
1478 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
1479 break;
Anton Korobeynikovf0c267e2011-10-14 23:23:15 +00001480 case BuiltinType::Half:
1481 Width = Target->getHalfWidth();
1482 Align = Target->getHalfAlign();
1483 break;
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001484 case BuiltinType::Float:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001485 Width = Target->getFloatWidth();
1486 Align = Target->getFloatAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001487 break;
1488 case BuiltinType::Double:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001489 Width = Target->getDoubleWidth();
1490 Align = Target->getDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001491 break;
1492 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001493 Width = Target->getLongDoubleWidth();
1494 Align = Target->getLongDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001495 break;
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00001496 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001497 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
1498 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
Sebastian Redla81b0b72009-05-27 19:34:06 +00001499 break;
Fariborz Jahanian9c6a39e2010-08-02 18:03:20 +00001500 case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
1501 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
1502 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001503 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0);
1504 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0);
Fariborz Jahanian9c6a39e2010-08-02 18:03:20 +00001505 break;
Guy Benyei61054192013-02-07 10:55:47 +00001506 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler:
1507 // Samplers are modeled as integers.
1508 Width = Target->getIntWidth();
1509 Align = Target->getIntAlign();
1510 break;
Guy Benyei1b4fb3e2013-01-20 12:31:11 +00001511 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent:
Guy Benyeid8a08ea2012-12-18 14:38:23 +00001512 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d:
1513 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray:
1514 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer:
1515 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d:
1516 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray:
1517 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d:
1518 // Currently these types are pointers to opaque types.
1519 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0);
1520 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0);
1521 break;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001522 }
Chris Lattner48f84b82007-07-15 23:46:53 +00001523 break;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001524 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001525 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0);
1526 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0);
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001527 break;
Steve Naroff921a45c2008-09-24 15:05:44 +00001528 case Type::BlockPointer: {
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +00001529 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(
1530 cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001531 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS);
1532 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS);
Steve Naroff921a45c2008-09-24 15:05:44 +00001533 break;
1534 }
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001535 case Type::LValueReference:
1536 case Type::RValueReference: {
1537 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go
1538 // the pointer route.
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +00001539 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(
1540 cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001541 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS);
1542 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS);
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001543 break;
1544 }
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +00001545 case Type::Pointer: {
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +00001546 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001547 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS);
1548 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS);
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +00001549 break;
1550 }
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001551 case Type::MemberPointer: {
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00001552 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
Reid Kleckner3a52abf2013-03-28 20:02:56 +00001553 llvm::tie(Width, Align) = ABI->getMemberPointerWidthAndAlign(MPT);
Anders Carlsson32440a02009-05-17 02:06:04 +00001554 break;
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001555 }
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +00001556 case Type::Complex: {
1557 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
1558 // size.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001559 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo =
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001560 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001561 Width = EltInfo.first*2;
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +00001562 Align = EltInfo.second;
1563 break;
1564 }
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00001565 case Type::ObjCObject:
1566 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr());
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001567 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001568 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001569 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
Ken Dyckb0fcc592011-02-11 01:54:29 +00001570 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize());
Ken Dyck7ad11e72011-02-15 02:32:40 +00001571 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001572 break;
1573 }
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001574 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001575 case Type::Enum: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001576 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
1577
1578 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Douglas Gregor7f971892011-04-20 17:29:44 +00001579 Width = 8;
1580 Align = 8;
Chris Lattner572100b2008-08-09 21:35:13 +00001581 break;
1582 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001583
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001584 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT))
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +00001585 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
1586
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001587 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +00001588 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
Ken Dyckb0fcc592011-02-11 01:54:29 +00001589 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize());
Ken Dyck7ad11e72011-02-15 02:32:40 +00001590 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
Chris Lattner49a953a2007-07-23 22:46:22 +00001591 break;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001592 }
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001593
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +00001594 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001595 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
1596 getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001597
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00001598 case Type::Auto: {
1599 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T);
Richard Smith27d807c2013-04-30 13:56:41 +00001600 assert(!A->getDeducedType().isNull() &&
1601 "cannot request the size of an undeduced or dependent auto type");
Matt Beaumont-Gay7a24210e2011-02-22 20:00:16 +00001602 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr());
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00001603 }
1604
Abramo Bagnara924a8f32010-12-10 16:29:40 +00001605 case Type::Paren:
1606 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr());
1607
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001608 case Type::Typedef: {
Richard Smithdda56e42011-04-15 14:24:37 +00001609 const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorf5bae222010-08-27 00:11:28 +00001610 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info
1611 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
Chris Lattner29eb47b2011-02-19 22:55:41 +00001612 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed
1613 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that
1614 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation.
1615 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment())
1616 Align = AttrAlign;
1617 else
1618 Align = Info.second;
Douglas Gregorf5bae222010-08-27 00:11:28 +00001619 Width = Info.first;
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001620 break;
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +00001621 }
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001622
1623 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
1624 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
1625 .getTypePtr());
1626
1627 case Type::TypeOf:
1628 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
1629
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00001630 case Type::Decltype:
1631 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
1632 .getTypePtr());
1633
Alexis Hunte852b102011-05-24 22:41:36 +00001634 case Type::UnaryTransform:
1635 return getTypeInfo(cast<UnaryTransformType>(T)->getUnderlyingType());
1636
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00001637 case Type::Elaborated:
1638 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001639
John McCall81904512011-01-06 01:58:22 +00001640 case Type::Attributed:
1641 return getTypeInfo(
1642 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr());
1643
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00001644 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001645 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T &&
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001646 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00001647 const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T);
1648 // A type alias template specialization may refer to a typedef with the
1649 // aligned attribute on it.
1650 if (TST->isTypeAlias())
1651 return getTypeInfo(TST->getAliasedType().getTypePtr());
1652 else
1653 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
1654 }
1655
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00001656 case Type::Atomic: {
John McCalla8ec7eb2013-03-07 21:37:17 +00001657 // Start with the base type information.
Eli Friedman4b72fdd2011-10-14 20:59:01 +00001658 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info
1659 = getTypeInfo(cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType());
1660 Width = Info.first;
1661 Align = Info.second;
John McCalla8ec7eb2013-03-07 21:37:17 +00001662
1663 // If the size of the type doesn't exceed the platform's max
1664 // atomic promotion width, make the size and alignment more
1665 // favorable to atomic operations:
1666 if (Width != 0 && Width <= Target->getMaxAtomicPromoteWidth()) {
1667 // Round the size up to a power of 2.
1668 if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width))
1669 Width = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Width);
1670
1671 // Set the alignment equal to the size.
Eli Friedman4b72fdd2011-10-14 20:59:01 +00001672 Align = static_cast<unsigned>(Width);
1673 }
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00001674 }
1675
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001676 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001677
Eli Friedman4b72fdd2011-10-14 20:59:01 +00001678 assert(llvm::isPowerOf2_32(Align) && "Alignment must be power of 2");
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001679 return std::make_pair(Width, Align);
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001680}
1681
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001682/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters.
1683CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const {
1684 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth());
1685}
1686
Ken Dyckb0fcc592011-02-11 01:54:29 +00001687/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters.
1688int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const {
1689 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth();
1690}
1691
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001692/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters.
1693/// This method does not work on incomplete types.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001694CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const {
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001695 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T));
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001696}
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001697CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const {
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001698 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T));
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001699}
1700
Ken Dycka6046ab2010-01-26 17:25:18 +00001701/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in
Ken Dyck24d28d62010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001702/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001703CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const {
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001704 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T));
Ken Dyck24d28d62010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001705}
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001706CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const {
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001707 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T));
Ken Dyck24d28d62010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001708}
1709
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001710/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
1711/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
1712/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
1713/// a data type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001714unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const {
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001715 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T);
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001716
1717 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001718 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001719 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
1720 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
Chad Rosierb57321a2012-03-21 20:20:47 +00001721 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) ||
1722 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong))
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001723 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
1724
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001725 return ABIAlign;
1726}
1727
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001728/// DeepCollectObjCIvars -
1729/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in
1730/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for
1731/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class
1732/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known.
Fariborz Jahanian0f44d812009-05-12 18:14:29 +00001733///
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001734void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
1735 bool leafClass,
Jordy Rosea91768e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00001736 SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const {
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001737 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
1738 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars);
1739 if (!leafClass) {
1740 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
1741 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I)
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00001742 Ivars.push_back(*I);
Chad Rosier6fdf38b2011-08-17 23:08:45 +00001743 } else {
Fariborz Jahanianb26d5782011-06-28 18:05:25 +00001744 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI);
Jordy Rosea91768e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00001745 for (const ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv;
Fariborz Jahanianb26d5782011-06-28 18:05:25 +00001746 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar())
1747 Ivars.push_back(Iv);
1748 }
Fariborz Jahanian0f44d812009-05-12 18:14:29 +00001749}
1750
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001751/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
1752/// those inherited by it.
1753void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001754 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001755 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek0ef508d2010-09-01 01:21:15 +00001756 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of
1757 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories.
1758 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(),
1759 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001760 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Douglas Gregor33b24292012-01-01 18:09:12 +00001761 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl());
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001762 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian8e3b9db2010-02-25 18:24:33 +00001763 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
Douglas Gregor33b24292012-01-01 18:09:12 +00001764 Protocols.insert((*P)->getCanonicalDecl());
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001765 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1766 }
Fariborz Jahanian8e3b9db2010-02-25 18:24:33 +00001767 }
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001768
1769 // Categories of this Interface.
Douglas Gregor048fbfa2013-01-16 23:00:23 +00001770 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::visible_categories_iterator
1771 Cat = OI->visible_categories_begin(),
1772 CatEnd = OI->visible_categories_end();
1773 Cat != CatEnd; ++Cat) {
1774 CollectInheritedProtocols(*Cat, Protocols);
1775 }
1776
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001777 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
1778 while (SD) {
1779 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
1780 SD = SD->getSuperClass();
1781 }
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001782 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek0ef508d2010-09-01 01:21:15 +00001783 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001784 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1785 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Douglas Gregor33b24292012-01-01 18:09:12 +00001786 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl());
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001787 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
1788 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
1789 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1790 }
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001791 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001792 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(),
1793 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1794 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Douglas Gregor33b24292012-01-01 18:09:12 +00001795 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl());
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001796 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
1797 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
1798 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1799 }
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001800 }
1801}
1802
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001803unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const {
Fariborz Jahaniand2ae2d02010-03-22 18:25:57 +00001804 unsigned count = 0;
1805 // Count ivars declared in class extension.
Douglas Gregor048fbfa2013-01-16 23:00:23 +00001806 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator
1807 Ext = OI->known_extensions_begin(),
1808 ExtEnd = OI->known_extensions_end();
1809 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) {
1810 count += Ext->ivar_size();
1811 }
1812
Fariborz Jahaniand2ae2d02010-03-22 18:25:57 +00001813 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This
1814 // includes synthesized ivars.
1815 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation())
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001816 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size();
1817
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001818 return count;
1819}
1820
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2e809ce2012-02-03 05:58:16 +00001821bool ASTContext::isSentinelNullExpr(const Expr *E) {
1822 if (!E)
1823 return false;
1824
1825 // nullptr_t is always treated as null.
1826 if (E->getType()->isNullPtrType()) return true;
1827
1828 if (E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() &&
1829 E->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(*this,
1830 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
1831 return true;
1832
1833 // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'.
1834 if (isa<GNUNullExpr>(E)) return true;
1835
1836 return false;
1837}
1838
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6d9fab72009-07-21 00:05:53 +00001839/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists.
1840ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
1841 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
1842 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
1843 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
1844 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
1845 return 0;
1846}
1847/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists.
1848ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
1849 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
1850 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
1851 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
1852 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
1853 return 0;
1854}
1855
1856/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
1857void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
1858 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
1859 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1860 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
1861}
1862/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
1863void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
1864 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
1865 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1866 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
1867}
1868
Dmitri Gribenko37527c22013-02-03 13:23:21 +00001869const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjContainingInterface(
1870 const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1871 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID =
1872 dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb9689bb2011-11-01 17:14:12 +00001873 return ID;
Dmitri Gribenko37527c22013-02-03 13:23:21 +00001874 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD =
1875 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb9689bb2011-11-01 17:14:12 +00001876 return CD->getClassInterface();
Dmitri Gribenko37527c22013-02-03 13:23:21 +00001877 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD =
1878 dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb9689bb2011-11-01 17:14:12 +00001879 return IMD->getClassInterface();
1880
1881 return 0;
1882}
1883
Fariborz Jahanian7cfe7672010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001884/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if
1885/// none exists.
Fariborz Jahanian50198092010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001886Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) {
Fariborz Jahanian1321cbb2010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001887 assert(VD && "Passed null params");
1888 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1889 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian50198092010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001890 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator
Fariborz Jahanian1321cbb2010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001891 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD);
Fariborz Jahanian7cfe7672010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001892 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0;
1893}
1894
1895/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl.
1896void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) {
1897 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params");
Fariborz Jahanian1321cbb2010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001898 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1899 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian7cfe7672010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001900 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init;
1901}
1902
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001903TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001904 unsigned DataSize) const {
John McCall26fe7e02009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001905 if (!DataSize)
1906 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
1907 else
1908 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001909 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!");
John McCall26fe7e02009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001910
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001911 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo =
1912 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8);
1913 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T);
1914 return TInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001915}
1916
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001917TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +00001918 SourceLocation L) const {
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001919 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T);
Douglas Gregor2d525f02011-01-25 19:13:18 +00001920 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L);
John McCall3665e002009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001921 return DI;
1922}
1923
Daniel Dunbar02f7f5f2009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001924const ASTRecordLayout &
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001925ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const {
Daniel Dunbar02f7f5f2009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001926 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1927}
1928
1929const ASTRecordLayout &
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001930ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(
1931 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const {
Daniel Dunbar02f7f5f2009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001932 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
1933}
1934
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001935//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1936// Type creation/memoization methods
1937//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1938
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001939QualType
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001940ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const {
1941 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers();
1942 quals.removeFastQualifiers();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001943
1944 // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
1945 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001946 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals);
1947 void *insertPos = 0;
1948 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) {
1949 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals);
1950 return QualType(eq, fastQuals);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001951 }
1952
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001953 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type.
1954 QualType canon;
1955 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
1956 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00001957 canonSplit.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(quals);
1958 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.Ty, canonSplit.Quals);
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001959
1960 // Re-find the insert position.
1961 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
1962 }
1963
1964 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals);
1965 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos);
1966 return QualType(eq, fastQuals);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001967}
1968
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001969QualType
1970ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001971 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1972 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
Chris Lattner445fcab2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00001973 return T;
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001974
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001975 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1976 // into one ExtQuals node.
1977 QualifierCollector Quals;
1978 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001979
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001980 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
1981 // another one.
1982 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
1983 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
1984 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001985
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001986 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Christopher Lamb025b5fb2008-02-04 02:31:56 +00001987}
1988
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001989QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001990 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const {
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001991 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001992 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001993 return T;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001994
John McCall53fa7142010-12-24 02:08:15 +00001995 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1996 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00001997 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianb68215c2009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001998 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
1999 return getPointerType(ResultType);
2000 }
2001 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002002
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002003 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
2004 // into one ExtQuals node.
2005 QualifierCollector Quals;
2006 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002007
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002008 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
2009 // another one.
2010 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
2011 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
2012 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002013
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002014 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00002015}
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00002016
John McCall4f5019e2010-12-19 02:44:49 +00002017const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T,
2018 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) {
2019 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info)
2020 return T;
2021
2022 QualType Result;
2023 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) {
2024 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info);
2025 } else {
2026 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
2027 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
2028 EPI.ExtInfo = Info;
Jordan Rose5c382722013-03-08 21:51:21 +00002029 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(),
2030 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(),
2031 FPT->getNumArgs()),
2032 EPI);
John McCall4f5019e2010-12-19 02:44:49 +00002033 }
2034
2035 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr());
2036}
2037
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002038/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
2039/// number with the specified element type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002040QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const {
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002041 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
2042 // structure.
2043 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2044 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002045
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002046 void *InsertPos = 0;
2047 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2048 return QualType(CT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002049
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002050 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
2051 // so fill in the canonical type field.
2052 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002053 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002054 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002055
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002056 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2057 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002058 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002059 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002060 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002061 Types.push_back(New);
2062 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2063 return QualType(New, 0);
2064}
2065
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +00002066/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
2067/// the specified type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002068QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const {
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +00002069 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
2070 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00002071 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00002072 PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002073
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00002074 void *InsertPos = 0;
2075 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002076 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002077
Chris Lattner7ccecb92006-11-12 08:50:50 +00002078 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
2079 // so fill in the canonical type field.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002080 QualType Canonical;
Bob Wilsonc8541f22013-03-15 17:12:43 +00002081 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002082 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002083
Bob Wilsonc8541f22013-03-15 17:12:43 +00002084 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2085 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2086 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
2087 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002088 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00002089 Types.push_back(New);
2090 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002091 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00002092}
2093
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002094/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002095/// a pointer to the specified block.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002096QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const {
Steve Naroff0ac012832008-08-28 19:20:44 +00002097 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
2098 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002099 // structure.
2100 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2101 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002102
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002103 void *InsertPos = 0;
2104 if (BlockPointerType *PT =
2105 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2106 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002107
2108 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002109 // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
2110 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002111 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002112 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002113
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002114 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2115 BlockPointerType *NewIP =
2116 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002117 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002118 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002119 BlockPointerType *New
2120 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002121 Types.push_back(New);
2122 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2123 return QualType(New, 0);
2124}
2125
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002126/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
2127/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002128QualType
2129ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const {
Douglas Gregor291e8ee2011-05-21 22:16:50 +00002130 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy &&
2131 "Unresolved overloaded function type");
2132
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002133 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
2134 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00002135 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002136 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002137
2138 void *InsertPos = 0;
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002139 if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
2140 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002141 return QualType(RT, 0);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002142
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002143 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
2144
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002145 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
2146 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
2147 QualType Canonical;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002148 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
2149 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
2150 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002151
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002152 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002153 LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
2154 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002155 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002156 }
2157
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002158 LValueReferenceType *New
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002159 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
2160 SpelledAsLValue);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002161 Types.push_back(New);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002162 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002163
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002164 return QualType(New, 0);
2165}
2166
2167/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
2168/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002169QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const {
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002170 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
2171 // structure.
2172 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002173 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002174
2175 void *InsertPos = 0;
2176 if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
2177 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2178 return QualType(RT, 0);
2179
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002180 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
2181
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002182 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
2183 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
2184 QualType Canonical;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002185 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
2186 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
2187 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002188
2189 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2190 RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
2191 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002192 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002193 }
2194
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002195 RValueReferenceType *New
2196 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002197 Types.push_back(New);
2198 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002199 return QualType(New, 0);
2200}
2201
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00002202/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
2203/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002204QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const {
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00002205 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
2206 // structure.
2207 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2208 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
2209
2210 void *InsertPos = 0;
2211 if (MemberPointerType *PT =
2212 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2213 return QualType(PT, 0);
2214
2215 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
2216 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
2217 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor615ac672009-11-04 16:49:01 +00002218 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00002219 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
2220
2221 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2222 MemberPointerType *NewIP =
2223 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002224 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00002225 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002226 MemberPointerType *New
2227 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00002228 Types.push_back(New);
2229 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2230 return QualType(New, 0);
2231}
2232
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002233/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00002234/// array of the specified element type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002235QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Chris Lattnere2df3f92009-05-13 04:12:56 +00002236 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
Steve Naroff90dfdd52007-08-30 18:10:14 +00002237 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002238 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const {
Sebastian Redl2dfdb822009-11-05 15:52:31 +00002239 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
2240 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
Eli Friedmanbe7e42b2009-05-29 20:17:55 +00002241 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
2242
Chris Lattnere2df3f92009-05-13 04:12:56 +00002243 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
2244 // the target.
2245 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
Jay Foad6d4db0c2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00002246 ArySize =
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00002247 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target->getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002248
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00002249 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002250 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002251
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00002252 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002253 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00002254 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002255 return QualType(ATP, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002256
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002257 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't
2258 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
2259 QualType Canon;
2260 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
2261 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002262 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), ArySize,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002263 ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002264 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals);
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002265
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00002266 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002267 ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00002268 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002269 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00002270 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002271
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002272 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment)
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002273 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00002274 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00002275 Types.push_back(New);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002276 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattner7ccecb92006-11-12 08:50:50 +00002277}
2278
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002279/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be
2280/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known
2281/// sizes replaced with [*].
2282QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const {
2283 // Vastly most common case.
2284 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type;
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00002285
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002286 QualType result;
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00002287
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002288 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002289 const Type *ty = split.Ty;
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002290 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) {
2291#define TYPE(Class, Base)
2292#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
2293#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2294#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
2295 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?");
2296
2297 // These types should never be variably-modified.
2298 case Type::Builtin:
2299 case Type::Complex:
2300 case Type::Vector:
2301 case Type::ExtVector:
2302 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector:
2303 case Type::ObjCObject:
2304 case Type::ObjCInterface:
2305 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
2306 case Type::Record:
2307 case Type::Enum:
2308 case Type::UnresolvedUsing:
2309 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
2310 case Type::TypeOf:
2311 case Type::Decltype:
Alexis Hunte852b102011-05-24 22:41:36 +00002312 case Type::UnaryTransform:
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002313 case Type::DependentName:
2314 case Type::InjectedClassName:
2315 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
2316 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization:
2317 case Type::TemplateTypeParm:
2318 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack:
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00002319 case Type::Auto:
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002320 case Type::PackExpansion:
2321 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified");
2322
2323 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to
2324 // further decay.
2325 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
2326 case Type::FunctionProto:
2327 case Type::BlockPointer:
2328 case Type::MemberPointer:
2329 return type;
2330
2331 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications
2332 // preserve structure except as noted by comments.
2333 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op
2334 // optimizations available here.
2335 case Type::Pointer:
2336 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(
2337 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType()));
2338 break;
2339
2340 case Type::LValueReference: {
2341 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty);
2342 result = getLValueReferenceType(
2343 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()),
2344 lv->isSpelledAsLValue());
2345 break;
2346 }
2347
2348 case Type::RValueReference: {
2349 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty);
2350 result = getRValueReferenceType(
2351 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()));
2352 break;
2353 }
2354
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00002355 case Type::Atomic: {
2356 const AtomicType *at = cast<AtomicType>(ty);
2357 result = getAtomicType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(at->getValueType()));
2358 break;
2359 }
2360
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002361 case Type::ConstantArray: {
2362 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty);
2363 result = getConstantArrayType(
2364 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()),
2365 cat->getSize(),
2366 cat->getSizeModifier(),
2367 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
2368 break;
2369 }
2370
2371 case Type::DependentSizedArray: {
2372 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty);
2373 result = getDependentSizedArrayType(
2374 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()),
2375 dat->getSizeExpr(),
2376 dat->getSizeModifier(),
2377 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2378 dat->getBracketsRange());
2379 break;
2380 }
2381
2382 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types.
2383 case Type::IncompleteArray: {
2384 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty);
2385 result = getVariableArrayType(
2386 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()),
2387 /*size*/ 0,
2388 ArrayType::Normal,
2389 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2390 SourceRange());
2391 break;
2392 }
2393
2394 // Turn VLA types into [*] types.
2395 case Type::VariableArray: {
2396 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty);
2397 result = getVariableArrayType(
2398 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()),
2399 /*size*/ 0,
2400 ArrayType::Star,
2401 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2402 vat->getBracketsRange());
2403 break;
2404 }
2405 }
2406
2407 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original.
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002408 return getQualifiedType(result, split.Quals);
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002409}
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00002410
Steve Naroffcadebd02007-08-30 18:14:25 +00002411/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
2412/// variable array of the specified element type.
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002413QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
2414 Expr *NumElts,
Steve Naroff90dfdd52007-08-30 18:10:14 +00002415 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002416 unsigned IndexTypeQuals,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002417 SourceRange Brackets) const {
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002418 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
2419 // that have an expression provided for their size.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002420 QualType Canon;
Douglas Gregor5e8c8c02010-05-23 16:10:32 +00002421
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002422 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type.
2423 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
2424 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002425 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), NumElts, ASM,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002426 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets);
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002427 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals);
Douglas Gregor5e8c8c02010-05-23 16:10:32 +00002428 }
2429
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002430 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002431 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002432
2433 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
2434 Types.push_back(New);
2435 return QualType(New, 0);
2436}
2437
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002438/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
2439/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00002440/// type.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002441QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType,
2442 Expr *numElements,
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002443 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002444 unsigned elementTypeQuals,
2445 SourceRange brackets) const {
2446 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() ||
2447 numElements->isValueDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002448 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
2449
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002450 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number
2451 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent
2452 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay
2453 // because they can't be used in most locations.
2454 if (!numElements) {
2455 DependentSizedArrayType *newType
2456 = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2457 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(),
2458 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals,
2459 brackets);
2460 Types.push_back(newType);
2461 return QualType(newType, 0);
2462 }
2463
2464 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we
2465 // also build a canonical type.
2466
2467 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split();
2468
2469 void *insertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002470 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002471 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this,
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002472 QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0),
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002473 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements);
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00002474
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002475 // Look for an existing type with these properties.
2476 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy =
2477 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00002478
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002479 // If we don't have one, build one.
2480 if (!canonTy) {
2481 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002482 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0),
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002483 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals,
2484 brackets);
2485 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos);
2486 Types.push_back(canonTy);
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00002487 }
2488
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002489 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array.
2490 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0),
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002491 canonElementType.Quals);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002492
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002493 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type,
2494 // then just use that as our result.
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002495 if (QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0) == elementType)
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002496 return canon;
2497
2498 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling
2499 // of the element type.
2500 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType
2501 = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2502 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements,
2503 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets);
2504 Types.push_back(sugaredType);
2505 return QualType(sugaredType, 0);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002506}
2507
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002508QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType,
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002509 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002510 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const {
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002511 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002512 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002513
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002514 void *insertPos = 0;
2515 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat =
2516 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos))
2517 return QualType(iat, 0);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002518
2519 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002520 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull
2521 // qualifiers off the element type.
2522 QualType canon;
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002523
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002524 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
2525 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002526 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0),
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002527 ASM, elementTypeQuals);
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002528 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.Quals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002529
2530 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002531 IncompleteArrayType *existing =
2532 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
2533 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing;
Ted Kremenek843ebedd2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00002534 }
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002535
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002536 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2537 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002538
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002539 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos);
2540 Types.push_back(newType);
2541 return QualType(newType, 0);
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00002542}
2543
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002544/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
2545/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
John Thompson22334602010-02-05 00:12:22 +00002546QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002547 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const {
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002548 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002549
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00002550 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
2551 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00002552 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind);
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00002553
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00002554 void *InsertPos = 0;
2555 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2556 return QualType(VTP, 0);
2557
2558 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
2559 // so fill in the canonical type field.
2560 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00002561 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Bob Wilson77954802010-11-16 00:32:20 +00002562 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002563
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00002564 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2565 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002566 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00002567 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002568 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00002569 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind);
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00002570 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2571 Types.push_back(New);
2572 return QualType(New, 0);
2573}
2574
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002575/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002576/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002577QualType
2578ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const {
Douglas Gregor39c02722011-06-15 16:02:29 +00002579 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002580
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002581 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
2582 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00002583 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector,
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00002584 VectorType::GenericVector);
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002585 void *InsertPos = 0;
2586 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2587 return QualType(VTP, 0);
2588
2589 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
2590 // so fill in the canonical type field.
2591 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002592 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002593 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002594
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002595 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2596 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002597 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002598 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002599 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2600 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002601 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2602 Types.push_back(New);
2603 return QualType(New, 0);
2604}
2605
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002606QualType
2607ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
2608 Expr *SizeExpr,
2609 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const {
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002610 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002611 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002612 SizeExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002613
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002614 void *InsertPos = 0;
2615 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
2616 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2617 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
2618 if (Canon) {
2619 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
2620 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002621 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2622 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
2623 SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002624 } else {
2625 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
2626 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002627 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2628 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
2629 AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002630
2631 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck
2632 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2633 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken");
2634 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002635 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2636 } else {
2637 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
2638 SourceLocation());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002639 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2640 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002641 }
2642 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002643
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00002644 Types.push_back(New);
2645 return QualType(New, 0);
2646}
2647
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002648/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002649///
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002650QualType
2651ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy,
2652 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const {
Roman Divacky65b88cd2011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002653 const CallingConv DefaultCC = Info.getCC();
2654 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ?
2655 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002656 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
2657 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00002658 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00002659 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002660
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00002661 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002662 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002663 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002664 return QualType(FT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002665
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002666 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00002667 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() ||
John McCallab26cfa2010-02-05 21:31:56 +00002668 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00002669 Canonical =
2670 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
2671 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002672
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00002673 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002674 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
2675 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002676 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00002677 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002678
Roman Divacky65b88cd2011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002679 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv);
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002680 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Roman Divacky65b88cd2011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002681 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo);
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00002682 Types.push_back(New);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002683 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002684 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002685}
2686
Douglas Gregorcd780372013-01-17 23:36:45 +00002687/// \brief Determine whether \p T is canonical as the result type of a function.
2688static bool isCanonicalResultType(QualType T) {
2689 return T.isCanonical() &&
2690 (T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None ||
2691 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone);
2692}
2693
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002694/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument
2695/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002696QualType
Jordan Rose5c382722013-03-08 21:51:21 +00002697ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy, ArrayRef<QualType> ArgArray,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002698 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
Jordan Rose5c382722013-03-08 21:51:21 +00002699 size_t NumArgs = ArgArray.size();
2700
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002701 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
2702 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00002703 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Jordan Rose5c382722013-03-08 21:51:21 +00002704 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray.begin(), NumArgs, EPI,
2705 *this);
Chris Lattnerfd4de792007-01-27 01:15:32 +00002706
2707 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002708 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002709 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002710 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002711
2712 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
Richard Smith5e580292012-02-10 09:58:53 +00002713 bool isCanonical =
Douglas Gregorcd780372013-01-17 23:36:45 +00002714 EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None && isCanonicalResultType(ResultTy) &&
Richard Smith5e580292012-02-10 09:58:53 +00002715 !EPI.HasTrailingReturn;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002716 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002717 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002718 isCanonical = false;
2719
Roman Divacky65b88cd2011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002720 const CallingConv DefaultCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC();
2721 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ?
2722 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002723
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002724 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it.
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002725 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002726 QualType Canonical;
John McCallab26cfa2010-02-05 21:31:56 +00002727 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002728 SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002729 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
2730 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002731 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002732
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002733 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI;
Richard Smith5e580292012-02-10 09:58:53 +00002734 CanonicalEPI.HasTrailingReturn = false;
Sebastian Redl7c6c9e92011-03-06 10:52:04 +00002735 CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None;
2736 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002737 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo
2738 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv));
2739
Douglas Gregorcd780372013-01-17 23:36:45 +00002740 // Result types do not have ARC lifetime qualifiers.
2741 QualType CanResultTy = getCanonicalType(ResultTy);
2742 if (ResultTy.getQualifiers().hasObjCLifetime()) {
2743 Qualifiers Qs = CanResultTy.getQualifiers();
2744 Qs.removeObjCLifetime();
2745 CanResultTy = getQualifiedType(CanResultTy.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs);
2746 }
2747
Jordan Rose5c382722013-03-08 21:51:21 +00002748 Canonical = getFunctionType(CanResultTy, CanonicalArgs, CanonicalEPI);
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002749
Chris Lattnerfd4de792007-01-27 01:15:32 +00002750 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002751 FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
2752 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002753 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002754 }
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002755
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002756 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after
2757 // them for three variable size arrays at the end:
2758 // - parameter types
2759 // - exception types
2760 // - consumed-arguments flags
2761 // Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept
Richard Smithd3b5c9082012-07-27 04:22:15 +00002762 // expression, or information used to resolve the exception
2763 // specification.
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002764 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) +
Sebastian Redlfa453cf2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002765 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType);
Richard Smithd3b5c9082012-07-27 04:22:15 +00002766 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) {
Sebastian Redlfa453cf2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002767 Size += EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType);
Richard Smithd3b5c9082012-07-27 04:22:15 +00002768 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept) {
Sebastian Redl31ad7542011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002769 Size += sizeof(Expr*);
Richard Smithf623c962012-04-17 00:58:00 +00002770 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Uninstantiated) {
Richard Smithd3729422012-04-19 00:08:28 +00002771 Size += 2 * sizeof(FunctionDecl*);
Richard Smithd3b5c9082012-07-27 04:22:15 +00002772 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Unevaluated) {
2773 Size += sizeof(FunctionDecl*);
Sebastian Redlfa453cf2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002774 }
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002775 if (EPI.ConsumedArguments)
2776 Size += NumArgs * sizeof(bool);
2777
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002778 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
Roman Divacky65b88cd2011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002779 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI;
2780 newEPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CallConv);
Jordan Rose5c382722013-03-08 21:51:21 +00002781 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, Canonical, newEPI);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002782 Types.push_back(FTP);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002783 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002784 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002785}
Chris Lattneref51c202006-11-10 07:17:23 +00002786
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002787#ifndef NDEBUG
2788static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) {
2789 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false;
2790 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
2791 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD))
2792 return true;
2793 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() &&
2794 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD))
2795 return true;
2796 return false;
2797}
2798#endif
2799
2800/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the
2801/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration.
2802QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002803 QualType TST) const {
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002804 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl));
2805 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) {
2806 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002807 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) {
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002808 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type");
2809 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
2810 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
2811 } else {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002812 Type *newType =
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002813 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST);
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002814 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2815 Types.push_back(newType);
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002816 }
2817 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2818}
2819
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002820/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2821/// specified type declaration.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002822QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis89656d22008-10-16 16:50:47 +00002823 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002824 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002825
Richard Smithdda56e42011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002826 if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002827 return getTypedefType(Typedef);
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002828
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002829 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) &&
2830 "Template type parameter types are always available.");
2831
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002832 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002833 assert(!Record->getPreviousDecl() &&
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002834 "struct/union has previous declaration");
2835 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record));
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002836 return getRecordType(Record);
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002837 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002838 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDecl() &&
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002839 "enum has previous declaration");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002840 return getEnumType(Enum);
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002841 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using =
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +00002842 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002843 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using);
2844 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2845 Types.push_back(newType);
Mike Stumpe9c6ffc2009-07-31 02:02:20 +00002846 } else
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002847 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +00002848
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +00002849 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002850}
2851
Chris Lattner32d920b2007-01-26 02:01:53 +00002852/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
Richard Smithdda56e42011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002853/// specified typedef name decl.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002854QualType
Richard Smithdda56e42011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002855ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
2856 QualType Canonical) const {
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002857 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002858
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002859 if (Canonical.isNull())
2860 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002861 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002862 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002863 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2864 Types.push_back(newType);
2865 return QualType(newType, 0);
Chris Lattnerd0342e52006-11-20 04:02:15 +00002866}
2867
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002868QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002869 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2870
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002871 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002872 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
2873 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2874
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002875 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl);
2876 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2877 Types.push_back(newType);
2878 return QualType(newType, 0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002879}
2880
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002881QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002882 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2883
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002884 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002885 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
2886 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2887
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002888 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl);
2889 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2890 Types.push_back(newType);
2891 return QualType(newType, 0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002892}
2893
John McCall81904512011-01-06 01:58:22 +00002894QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind,
2895 QualType modifiedType,
2896 QualType equivalentType) {
2897 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id;
2898 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType);
2899
2900 void *insertPos = 0;
2901 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos);
2902 if (type) return QualType(type, 0);
2903
2904 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType);
2905 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2906 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType);
2907
2908 Types.push_back(type);
2909 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos);
2910
2911 return QualType(type, 0);
2912}
2913
2914
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00002915/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type.
2916QualType
2917ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002918 QualType Replacement) const {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002919 assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00002920 && "replacement types must always be canonical");
2921
2922 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2923 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
2924 void *InsertPos = 0;
2925 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
2926 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2927
2928 if (!SubstParm) {
2929 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2930 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
2931 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
2932 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
2933 }
2934
2935 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2936}
2937
Douglas Gregorada4b792011-01-14 02:55:32 +00002938/// \brief Retrieve a
2939QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(
2940 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
2941 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) {
2942#ifndef NDEBUG
2943 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(),
2944 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end();
2945 P != PEnd; ++P) {
2946 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type");
2947 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type");
2948 }
2949#endif
2950
2951 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2952 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack);
2953 void *InsertPos = 0;
2954 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm
2955 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2956 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2957
2958 QualType Canon;
2959 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
2960 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0));
2961 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon),
2962 ArgPack);
2963 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2964 }
2965
2966 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm
2967 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon,
2968 ArgPack);
2969 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
2970 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
2971 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2972}
2973
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002974/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002975/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002976/// name.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002977QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002978 bool ParameterPack,
Chandler Carruth08836322011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002979 TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const {
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002980 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chandler Carruth08836322011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002981 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl);
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002982 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002983 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002984 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2985
2986 if (TypeParm)
2987 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002988
Chandler Carruth08836322011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002989 if (TTPDecl) {
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002990 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Chandler Carruth08836322011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002991 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002992
2993 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck
2994 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2995 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken");
2996 (void)TypeCheck;
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002997 } else
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002998 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2999 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00003000
3001 Types.push_back(TypeParm);
3002 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
3003
3004 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
3005}
3006
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00003007TypeSourceInfo *
3008ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name,
3009 SourceLocation NameLoc,
3010 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003011 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00003012 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
3013 "No dependent template names here!");
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003014 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying);
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00003015
3016 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST);
David Blaikie6adc78e2013-02-18 22:06:02 +00003017 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL =
3018 DI->getTypeLoc().castAs<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>();
Abramo Bagnara48c05be2012-02-06 14:41:24 +00003019 TL.setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00003020 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc);
3021 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc());
3022 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc());
3023 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
3024 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo());
3025 return DI;
3026}
3027
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003028QualType
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003029ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003030 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003031 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00003032 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
3033 "No dependent template names here!");
3034
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003035 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
3036
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003037 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003038 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs);
3039 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
3040 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument());
3041
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00003042 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs,
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003043 Underlying);
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003044}
3045
Douglas Gregor1f79ca82012-02-03 17:16:23 +00003046#ifndef NDEBUG
3047static bool hasAnyPackExpansions(const TemplateArgument *Args,
3048 unsigned NumArgs) {
3049 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
3050 if (Args[I].isPackExpansion())
3051 return true;
3052
3053 return true;
3054}
3055#endif
3056
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003057QualType
3058ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003059 const TemplateArgument *Args,
3060 unsigned NumArgs,
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003061 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00003062 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
3063 "No dependent template names here!");
Douglas Gregore29139c2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00003064 // Look through qualified template names.
3065 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName())
3066 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl());
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00003067
Douglas Gregor1f79ca82012-02-03 17:16:23 +00003068 bool IsTypeAlias =
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003069 Template.getAsTemplateDecl() &&
3070 isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl());
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003071 QualType CanonType;
3072 if (!Underlying.isNull())
3073 CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying);
3074 else {
Douglas Gregor1f79ca82012-02-03 17:16:23 +00003075 // We can get here with an alias template when the specialization contains
3076 // a pack expansion that does not match up with a parameter pack.
3077 assert((!IsTypeAlias || hasAnyPackExpansions(Args, NumArgs)) &&
3078 "Caller must compute aliased type");
3079 IsTypeAlias = false;
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003080 CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args,
3081 NumArgs);
3082 }
Douglas Gregord56a91e2009-02-26 22:19:44 +00003083
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003084 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
3085 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
3086 // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003087 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
3088 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs +
Douglas Gregor1f79ca82012-02-03 17:16:23 +00003089 (IsTypeAlias? sizeof(QualType) : 0),
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003090 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003091 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
Douglas Gregor1f79ca82012-02-03 17:16:23 +00003092 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs, CanonType,
3093 IsTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003094
Douglas Gregor8bf42052009-02-09 18:46:07 +00003095 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003096 return QualType(Spec, 0);
Douglas Gregor8bf42052009-02-09 18:46:07 +00003097}
3098
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003099QualType
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00003100ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
3101 const TemplateArgument *Args,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003102 unsigned NumArgs) const {
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00003103 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
3104 "No dependent template names here!");
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003105
Douglas Gregore29139c2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00003106 // Look through qualified template names.
3107 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName())
3108 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl());
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00003109
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00003110 // Build the canonical template specialization type.
3111 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003112 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00003113 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
3114 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
3115 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
3116
3117 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
3118 // exists.
3119 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3120 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate,
3121 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this);
3122
3123 void *InsertPos = 0;
3124 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
3125 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3126
3127 if (!Spec) {
3128 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
3129 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
3130 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
3131 TypeAlignment);
3132 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate,
3133 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003134 QualType(), QualType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00003135 Types.push_back(Spec);
3136 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
3137 }
3138
3139 assert(Spec->isDependentType() &&
3140 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
3141 return QualType(Spec, 0);
3142}
3143
3144QualType
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003145ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
3146 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003147 QualType NamedType) const {
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00003148 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003149 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00003150
3151 void *InsertPos = 0;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003152 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00003153 if (T)
3154 return QualType(T, 0);
3155
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003156 QualType Canon = NamedType;
3157 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
3158 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType);
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003159 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3160 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken");
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003161 (void)CheckT;
3162 }
3163
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003164 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00003165 Types.push_back(T);
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003166 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00003167 return QualType(T, 0);
3168}
3169
Abramo Bagnara924a8f32010-12-10 16:29:40 +00003170QualType
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003171ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const {
Abramo Bagnara924a8f32010-12-10 16:29:40 +00003172 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3173 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType);
3174
3175 void *InsertPos = 0;
3176 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3177 if (T)
3178 return QualType(T, 0);
3179
3180 QualType Canon = InnerType;
3181 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
3182 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType);
3183 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3184 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken");
3185 (void)CheckT;
3186 }
3187
3188 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon);
3189 Types.push_back(T);
3190 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
3191 return QualType(T, 0);
3192}
3193
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00003194QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
3195 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3196 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003197 QualType Canon) const {
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003198 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
3199
3200 if (Canon.isNull()) {
3201 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00003202 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
3203 if (Keyword == ETK_None)
3204 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
3205
3206 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword)
3207 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003208 }
3209
3210 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00003211 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003212
3213 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc1d2d8a2010-03-31 17:34:00 +00003214 DependentNameType *T
3215 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003216 if (T)
3217 return QualType(T, 0);
3218
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00003219 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003220 Types.push_back(T);
Douglas Gregorc1d2d8a2010-03-31 17:34:00 +00003221 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003222 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003223}
3224
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003225QualType
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003226ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
3227 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00003228 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003229 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003230 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const {
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003231 // TODO: avoid this copy
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003232 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy;
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003233 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I)
3234 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument());
3235 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name,
3236 ArgCopy.size(),
3237 ArgCopy.data());
3238}
3239
3240QualType
3241ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
3242 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
3243 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3244 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
3245 unsigned NumArgs,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003246 const TemplateArgument *Args) const {
Douglas Gregor6e068012011-02-28 00:04:36 +00003247 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
3248 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00003249
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003250 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003251 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS,
3252 Name, NumArgs, Args);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003253
3254 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003255 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T
3256 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003257 if (T)
3258 return QualType(T, 0);
3259
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003260 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003261
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003262 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
3263 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
3264
3265 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false;
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003266 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs);
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003267 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) {
3268 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]);
3269 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I]))
3270 AnyNonCanonArgs = true;
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00003271 }
3272
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003273 QualType Canon;
3274 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) {
3275 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS,
3276 Name, NumArgs,
3277 CanonArgs.data());
3278
3279 // Find the insert position again.
3280 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3281 }
3282
3283 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) +
3284 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
3285 TypeAlignment);
John McCall773cc982010-06-11 11:07:21 +00003286 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS,
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003287 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon);
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00003288 Types.push_back(T);
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003289 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003290 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00003291}
3292
Douglas Gregor0dca5fd2011-01-14 17:04:44 +00003293QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern,
David Blaikie05785d12013-02-20 22:23:23 +00003294 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) {
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00003295 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor0dca5fd2011-01-14 17:04:44 +00003296 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00003297
3298 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() &&
3299 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs");
3300 void *InsertPos = 0;
3301 PackExpansionType *T
3302 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3303 if (T)
3304 return QualType(T, 0);
3305
3306 QualType Canon;
3307 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) {
Richard Smith68eea502012-07-16 00:20:35 +00003308 Canon = getCanonicalType(Pattern);
3309 // The canonical type might not contain an unexpanded parameter pack, if it
3310 // contains an alias template specialization which ignores one of its
3311 // parameters.
3312 if (Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) {
3313 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00003314
Richard Smith68eea502012-07-16 00:20:35 +00003315 // Find the insert position again, in case we inserted an element into
3316 // PackExpansionTypes and invalidated our insert position.
3317 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3318 }
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00003319 }
3320
Douglas Gregor0dca5fd2011-01-14 17:04:44 +00003321 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00003322 Types.push_back(T);
3323 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
3324 return QualType(T, 0);
3325}
3326
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003327/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
3328/// alphabetically.
3329static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS,
3330 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor77324f32008-11-17 14:58:09 +00003331 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName();
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003332}
3333
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003334static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003335 unsigned NumProtocols) {
3336 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true;
3337
Douglas Gregorcf9f3ea2012-01-02 02:00:30 +00003338 if (Protocols[0]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[0])
3339 return false;
3340
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003341 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i)
Douglas Gregorcf9f3ea2012-01-02 02:00:30 +00003342 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]) ||
3343 Protocols[i]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[i])
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003344 return false;
3345 return true;
3346}
3347
3348static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003349 unsigned &NumProtocols) {
3350 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003351
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003352 // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
3353 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames);
3354
Douglas Gregorcf9f3ea2012-01-02 02:00:30 +00003355 // Canonicalize.
3356 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NumProtocols; I != N; ++I)
3357 Protocols[I] = Protocols[I]->getCanonicalDecl();
3358
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003359 // Remove duplicates.
3360 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd);
3361 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols;
3362}
3363
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003364QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
3365 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003366 unsigned NumProtocols) const {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003367 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols
3368 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine.
3369 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType))
3370 return BaseType;
3371
3372 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00003373 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003374 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00003375 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003376 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
3377 return QualType(QT, 0);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00003378
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003379 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and
3380 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003381 QualType Canonical;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003382 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols);
3383 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) {
3384 if (!ProtocolsSorted) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003385 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols,
Benjamin Kramer2e3197e2010-04-27 17:12:11 +00003386 Protocols + NumProtocols);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003387 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
3388
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003389 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003390 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
3391 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003392 } else {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003393 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
3394 Protocols, NumProtocols);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003395 }
3396
3397 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003398 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3399 }
3400
3401 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl);
3402 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *);
3403 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
3404 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T =
3405 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
3406
3407 Types.push_back(T);
3408 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
3409 return QualType(T, 0);
3410}
3411
3412/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
3413/// the given object type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003414QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003415 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3416 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT);
3417
3418 void *InsertPos = 0;
3419 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
3420 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
3421 return QualType(QT, 0);
3422
3423 // Find the canonical object type.
3424 QualType Canonical;
3425 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) {
3426 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT));
3427
3428 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003429 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3430 }
3431
Douglas Gregorf85bee62010-02-08 22:59:26 +00003432 // No match.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003433 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment);
3434 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType =
3435 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003436
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00003437 Types.push_back(QType);
3438 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003439 return QualType(QType, 0);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00003440}
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003441
Douglas Gregor1c283312010-08-11 12:19:30 +00003442/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
3443/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
Douglas Gregorab1ec82e2011-12-16 03:12:41 +00003444QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl,
3445 ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl) const {
Douglas Gregor1c283312010-08-11 12:19:30 +00003446 if (Decl->TypeForDecl)
3447 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003448
Douglas Gregorab1ec82e2011-12-16 03:12:41 +00003449 if (PrevDecl) {
3450 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous decl has no TypeForDecl");
3451 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
3452 return QualType(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
3453 }
3454
Douglas Gregor7671e532011-12-16 16:34:57 +00003455 // Prefer the definition, if there is one.
3456 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Decl->getDefinition())
3457 Decl = Def;
3458
Douglas Gregor1c283312010-08-11 12:19:30 +00003459 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment);
3460 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
3461 Decl->TypeForDecl = T;
3462 Types.push_back(T);
3463 return QualType(T, 0);
Fariborz Jahanian70e8f102007-10-11 00:55:41 +00003464}
3465
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003466/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
3467/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003468/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003469/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003470/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003471QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00003472 TypeOfExprType *toe;
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00003473 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
3474 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3475 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003476
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00003477 void *InsertPos = 0;
3478 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
3479 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3480 if (Canon) {
3481 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
3482 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003483 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00003484 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
Chad Rosier6fdf38b2011-08-17 23:08:45 +00003485 } else {
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00003486 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003487 Canon
3488 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00003489 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
3490 toe = Canon;
3491 }
3492 } else {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00003493 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003494 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00003495 }
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003496 Types.push_back(toe);
3497 return QualType(toe, 0);
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00003498}
3499
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003500/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
3501/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
3502/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003503/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003504/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003505QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003506 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003507 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003508 Types.push_back(tot);
3509 return QualType(tot, 0);
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00003510}
3511
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00003512
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00003513/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
3514/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
3515/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003516/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
David Blaikie876657b2011-11-06 22:28:03 +00003517/// on canonical types (which are always unique).
Douglas Gregor81495f32012-02-12 18:42:33 +00003518QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e, QualType UnderlyingType) const {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00003519 DecltypeType *dt;
Douglas Gregor678d76c2011-07-01 01:22:09 +00003520
3521 // C++0x [temp.type]p2:
3522 // If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a
3523 // unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same
3524 // type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1).
3525 if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) {
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00003526 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3527 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003528
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00003529 void *InsertPos = 0;
3530 DependentDecltypeType *Canon
3531 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3532 if (Canon) {
3533 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent
3534 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type.
Richard Smithef8bf432012-08-13 20:08:14 +00003535 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType,
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00003536 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0));
Chad Rosier6fdf38b2011-08-17 23:08:45 +00003537 } else {
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00003538 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003539 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00003540 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
3541 dt = Canon;
3542 }
3543 } else {
Douglas Gregor81495f32012-02-12 18:42:33 +00003544 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType,
3545 getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType));
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00003546 }
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00003547 Types.push_back(dt);
3548 return QualType(dt, 0);
3549}
3550
Alexis Hunte852b102011-05-24 22:41:36 +00003551/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory
3552/// savings are minimal and these are rare.
3553QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
3554 QualType UnderlyingType,
3555 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind)
3556 const {
3557 UnaryTransformType *Ty =
Douglas Gregor6c6e6762011-05-25 17:51:54 +00003558 new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType,
3559 Kind,
3560 UnderlyingType->isDependentType() ?
Peter Collingbourne15d48ec2012-03-05 16:02:06 +00003561 QualType() : getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType));
Alexis Hunte852b102011-05-24 22:41:36 +00003562 Types.push_back(Ty);
3563 return QualType(Ty, 0);
3564}
3565
Richard Smithb2bc2e62011-02-21 20:05:19 +00003566/// getAutoType - We only unique auto types after they've been deduced.
Richard Smith74aeef52013-04-26 16:15:35 +00003567QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType,
Richard Smith27d807c2013-04-30 13:56:41 +00003568 bool IsDecltypeAuto,
3569 bool IsDependent) const {
Richard Smithb2bc2e62011-02-21 20:05:19 +00003570 void *InsertPos = 0;
3571 if (!DeducedType.isNull()) {
3572 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
3573 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Richard Smith27d807c2013-04-30 13:56:41 +00003574 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType, IsDecltypeAuto, IsDependent);
Richard Smithb2bc2e62011-02-21 20:05:19 +00003575 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
3576 return QualType(AT, 0);
3577 }
3578
Richard Smith74aeef52013-04-26 16:15:35 +00003579 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType,
Richard Smith27d807c2013-04-30 13:56:41 +00003580 IsDecltypeAuto,
3581 IsDependent);
Richard Smithb2bc2e62011-02-21 20:05:19 +00003582 Types.push_back(AT);
3583 if (InsertPos)
3584 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos);
3585 return QualType(AT, 0);
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00003586}
3587
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00003588/// getAtomicType - Return the uniqued reference to the atomic type for
3589/// the given value type.
3590QualType ASTContext::getAtomicType(QualType T) const {
3591 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
3592 // structure.
3593 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3594 AtomicType::Profile(ID, T);
3595
3596 void *InsertPos = 0;
3597 if (AtomicType *AT = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
3598 return QualType(AT, 0);
3599
3600 // If the atomic value type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
3601 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
3602 QualType Canonical;
3603 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
3604 Canonical = getAtomicType(getCanonicalType(T));
3605
3606 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
3607 AtomicType *NewIP = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3608 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
3609 }
3610 AtomicType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AtomicType(T, Canonical);
3611 Types.push_back(New);
3612 AtomicTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
3613 return QualType(New, 0);
3614}
3615
Richard Smith02e85f32011-04-14 22:09:26 +00003616/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'.
3617QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const {
3618 if (AutoDeductTy.isNull())
Richard Smith74aeef52013-04-26 16:15:35 +00003619 AutoDeductTy = getAutoType(QualType(), false);
Richard Smith02e85f32011-04-14 22:09:26 +00003620 assert(!AutoDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto' pattern");
3621 return AutoDeductTy;
3622}
3623
3624/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'.
3625QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const {
3626 if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull())
3627 AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType());
3628 assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern");
3629 return AutoRRefDeductTy;
3630}
3631
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00003632/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
3633/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003634QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const {
Ted Kremenek2b0ce112007-11-26 21:16:01 +00003635 assert (Decl);
Mike Stumpb93185d2009-08-07 18:05:12 +00003636 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
3637 // away const? mutable?
3638 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00003639}
3640
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003641/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
3642/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
3643/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
Anders Carlsson22f443f2009-12-12 00:26:23 +00003644CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00003645 return getFromTargetType(Target->getSizeType());
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +00003646}
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00003647
Hans Wennborg27541db2011-10-27 08:29:09 +00003648/// getIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "intmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5).
3649CanQualType ASTContext::getIntMaxType() const {
3650 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntMaxType());
3651}
3652
3653/// getUIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "uintmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5).
3654CanQualType ASTContext::getUIntMaxType() const {
3655 return getFromTargetType(Target->getUIntMaxType());
3656}
3657
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +00003658/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
3659/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
3660QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
3661 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
3662 return WCharTy;
3663}
3664
3665/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
3666/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
3667QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
3668 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
3669 return UnsignedIntTy;
3670}
3671
Enea Zaffanellaf11ceb62013-01-26 17:08:37 +00003672QualType ASTContext::getIntPtrType() const {
3673 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntPtrType());
3674}
3675
3676QualType ASTContext::getUIntPtrType() const {
3677 return getCorrespondingUnsignedType(getIntPtrType());
3678}
3679
Hans Wennborg27541db2011-10-27 08:29:09 +00003680/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (C99 7.17)
Chris Lattnerd2b88ab2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00003681/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
3682QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00003683 return getFromTargetType(Target->getPtrDiffType(0));
Chris Lattnerd2b88ab2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00003684}
3685
Eli Friedman4e91899e2012-11-27 02:58:24 +00003686/// \brief Return the unique type for "pid_t" defined in
3687/// <sys/types.h>. We need this to compute the correct type for vfork().
3688QualType ASTContext::getProcessIDType() const {
3689 return getFromTargetType(Target->getProcessIDType());
3690}
3691
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003692//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3693// Type Operators
3694//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3695
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003696CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const {
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003697 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
3698 // qualifiers.
3699 T = getCanonicalType(T);
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00003700 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003701 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003702 QualType Result;
3703 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
3704 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
3705 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
3706 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
3707 } else {
3708 Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
3709 }
3710
3711 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
3712}
3713
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003714QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type,
3715 Qualifiers &quals) {
3716 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType();
3717
3718 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to
3719 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor.
3720 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with
3721 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly.
3722 const ArrayType *AT =
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003723 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.Ty->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003724
3725 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType.
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003726 if (!AT) {
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003727 quals = splitType.Quals;
3728 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003729 }
3730
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003731 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type.
3732 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType();
3733 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals);
3734
3735 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we
3736 // can just use the results in splitType.
3737 if (elementType == unqualElementType) {
3738 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003739 quals = splitType.Quals;
3740 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0);
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003741 }
3742
3743 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then
3744 // build the type back up.
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003745 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.Quals);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003746
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003747 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003748 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(),
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003749 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
3750 }
3751
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003752 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003753 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003754 }
3755
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003756 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003757 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00003758 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003759 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
3760 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
3761 VAT->getBracketsRange());
3762 }
3763
3764 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT);
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003765 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003766 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0,
3767 SourceRange());
3768}
3769
Douglas Gregor1fc3d662010-06-09 03:53:18 +00003770/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that
3771/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that
3772/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types
3773/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this
3774/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level
3775/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically
3776/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and
3777/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level.
3778bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) {
3779 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(),
3780 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>();
3781 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) {
3782 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType();
3783 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType();
3784 return true;
3785 }
3786
3787 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(),
3788 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
3789 if (T1MPType && T2MPType &&
3790 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0),
3791 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) {
3792 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType();
3793 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType();
3794 return true;
3795 }
3796
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003797 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
Douglas Gregor1fc3d662010-06-09 03:53:18 +00003798 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
3799 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3800 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) {
3801 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType();
3802 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType();
3803 return true;
3804 }
3805 }
3806
3807 // FIXME: Block pointers, too?
3808
3809 return false;
3810}
3811
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003812DeclarationNameInfo
3813ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name,
3814 SourceLocation NameLoc) const {
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003815 switch (Name.getKind()) {
3816 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate:
3817 case TemplateName::Template:
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003818 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003819 return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(),
3820 NameLoc);
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003821
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003822 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: {
3823 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate();
3824 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
3825 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
3826 }
3827
3828 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: {
3829 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003830 DeclarationName DName;
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003831 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) {
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003832 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier());
3833 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc);
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003834 } else {
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003835 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
3836 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations?
3837 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc;
3838 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
3839 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
3840 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc);
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003841 }
3842 }
3843
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003844 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: {
3845 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
3846 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm();
3847 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(),
3848 NameLoc);
3849 }
3850
3851 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: {
3852 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst
3853 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack();
3854 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(),
3855 NameLoc);
3856 }
3857 }
3858
3859 llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!");
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003860}
3861
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003862TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const {
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003863 switch (Name.getKind()) {
3864 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate:
3865 case TemplateName::Template: {
3866 TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl();
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +00003867 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003868 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template))
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +00003869 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP);
3870
3871 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6b7e3762009-07-18 00:34:25 +00003872 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +00003873 }
Douglas Gregor6bc50582009-05-07 06:41:52 +00003874
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003875 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate:
3876 llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003877
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003878 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: {
3879 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
3880 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
3881 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
3882 }
3883
3884 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: {
3885 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
3886 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm();
3887 return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement());
3888 }
3889
3890 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: {
3891 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst
3892 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack();
3893 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter
3894 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack());
3895 TemplateArgument canonArgPack
3896 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack());
3897 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack);
3898 }
3899 }
3900
3901 llvm_unreachable("bad template name!");
Douglas Gregor6bc50582009-05-07 06:41:52 +00003902}
3903
Douglas Gregoradee3e32009-11-11 23:06:43 +00003904bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
3905 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
3906 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
3907 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
3908}
3909
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003910TemplateArgument
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003911ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const {
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003912 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
3913 case TemplateArgument::Null:
3914 return Arg;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003915
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003916 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003917 return Arg;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003918
Douglas Gregor31f55dc2012-04-06 22:40:38 +00003919 case TemplateArgument::Declaration: {
Eli Friedmanb826a002012-09-26 02:36:12 +00003920 ValueDecl *D = cast<ValueDecl>(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
3921 return TemplateArgument(D, Arg.isDeclForReferenceParam());
Douglas Gregor31f55dc2012-04-06 22:40:38 +00003922 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003923
Eli Friedmanb826a002012-09-26 02:36:12 +00003924 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr:
3925 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getNullPtrType()),
3926 /*isNullPtr*/true);
3927
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00003928 case TemplateArgument::Template:
3929 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00003930
3931 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion:
3932 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(
3933 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()),
Douglas Gregore1d60df2011-01-14 23:41:42 +00003934 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions());
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00003935
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003936 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
Benjamin Kramer6003ad52012-06-07 15:09:51 +00003937 return TemplateArgument(Arg, getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003938
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003939 case TemplateArgument::Type:
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003940 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003941
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003942 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
Douglas Gregor0192c232010-12-20 16:52:59 +00003943 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0)
3944 return Arg;
3945
Douglas Gregor1ccc8412010-11-07 23:05:16 +00003946 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs
3947 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003948 unsigned Idx = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003949 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003950 AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
3951 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
3952 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003953
Douglas Gregor1ccc8412010-11-07 23:05:16 +00003954 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size());
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003955 }
3956 }
3957
3958 // Silence GCC warning
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00003959 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled template argument kind");
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003960}
3961
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003962NestedNameSpecifier *
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003963ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003964 if (!NNS)
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003965 return 0;
3966
3967 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
3968 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
3969 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003970 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003971 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
3972 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
3973
3974 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
3975 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
3976 // this namespace and no prefix.
Douglas Gregor7b26ff92011-02-24 02:36:08 +00003977 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
3978 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace());
3979
3980 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
3981 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
3982 // this namespace and no prefix.
3983 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
3984 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace()
3985 ->getOriginalNamespace());
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003986
3987 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
3988 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
3989 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
Douglas Gregor3ade5702010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003990
3991 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"),
3992 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those
3993 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize
3994 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name
3995 // types, e.g.,
3996 // typedef typename T::type T1;
3997 // typedef typename T1::type T2;
Eli Friedman5358a0a2012-03-03 04:09:56 +00003998 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>())
3999 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, DNT->getQualifier(),
Douglas Gregor3ade5702010-11-04 00:09:33 +00004000 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier()));
Douglas Gregor3ade5702010-11-04 00:09:33 +00004001
Eli Friedman5358a0a2012-03-03 04:09:56 +00004002 // Otherwise, just canonicalize the type, and force it to be a TypeSpec.
4003 // FIXME: Why are TypeSpec and TypeSpecWithTemplate distinct in the
4004 // first place?
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004005 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false,
4006 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr()));
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00004007 }
4008
4009 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
4010 // The global specifier is canonical and unique.
4011 return NNS;
4012 }
4013
David Blaikie8a40f702012-01-17 06:56:22 +00004014 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NestedNameSpecifier::Kind!");
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00004015}
4016
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004017
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004018const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004019 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004020 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004021 // Handle the common positive case fast.
4022 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
4023 return AT;
4024 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004025
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004026 // Handle the common negative case fast.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004027 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType()))
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004028 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004029
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004030 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004031 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
4032 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004033
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004034 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
4035 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00004036 // we must propagate them down into the element type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004037
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004038 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00004039 Qualifiers qs = split.Quals;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004040
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004041 // If we have a simple case, just return now.
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00004042 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.Ty);
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004043 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty())
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004044 return ATy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004045
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004046 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
4047 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004048 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004049
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004050 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
4051 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
4052 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004053 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004054 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
4055 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
4056 IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004057 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00004058
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004059 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00004060 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
4061 return cast<ArrayType>(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004062 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00004063 DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00004064 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004065 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00004066 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004067
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004068 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00004069 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00004070 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004071 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004072 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00004073 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattnered0d0792008-04-06 22:41:35 +00004074}
4075
Abramo Bagnarae1decdf2012-05-17 12:44:05 +00004076QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) const {
Douglas Gregor84280642011-07-12 04:42:08 +00004077 // C99 6.7.5.3p7:
4078 // A declaration of a parameter as "array of type" shall be
4079 // adjusted to "qualified pointer to type", where the type
4080 // qualifiers (if any) are those specified within the [ and ] of
4081 // the array type derivation.
4082 if (T->isArrayType())
4083 return getArrayDecayedType(T);
4084
4085 // C99 6.7.5.3p8:
4086 // A declaration of a parameter as "function returning type"
4087 // shall be adjusted to "pointer to function returning type", as
4088 // in 6.3.2.1.
4089 if (T->isFunctionType())
4090 return getPointerType(T);
4091
4092 return T;
4093}
4094
Abramo Bagnarae1decdf2012-05-17 12:44:05 +00004095QualType ASTContext::getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) const {
Douglas Gregor84280642011-07-12 04:42:08 +00004096 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
4097 T = getAdjustedParameterType(T);
4098 return T.getUnqualifiedType();
4099}
4100
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00004101/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
4102/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
4103/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
4104/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
4105///
4106/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004107QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004108 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
4109 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
4110 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
4111 // (C99 6.7.3p8).
4112 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
4113 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004114
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004115 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00004116
4117 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004118 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00004119}
4120
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004121QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const {
4122 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType());
Douglas Gregor79f83ed2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00004123}
4124
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004125QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const {
4126 Qualifiers qs;
4127 while (true) {
4128 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00004129 const ArrayType *array = split.Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe();
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004130 if (!array) break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004131
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004132 type = array->getElementType();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00004133 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.Quals);
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004134 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004135
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004136 return getQualifiedType(type, qs);
Anders Carlssone0808df2008-12-21 03:44:36 +00004137}
4138
Fariborz Jahanian6c9e5a22009-08-21 16:31:06 +00004139/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004140uint64_t
Fariborz Jahanian6c9e5a22009-08-21 16:31:06 +00004141ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
4142 uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
4143 do {
4144 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
Richard Smith7808c6a2012-12-06 03:04:50 +00004145 CA = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantArrayType>(
4146 CA->getElementType()->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe());
Fariborz Jahanian6c9e5a22009-08-21 16:31:06 +00004147 } while (CA);
4148 return ElementCount;
4149}
4150
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +00004151/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
4152/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00004153static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004154 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00004155 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00004156
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004157 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
4158 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00004159 default: llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
Anton Korobeynikovf0c267e2011-10-14 23:23:15 +00004160 case BuiltinType::Half: return HalfRank;
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00004161 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
4162 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
4163 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004164 }
4165}
4166
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004167/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
4168/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
Steve Narofffc6ffa22007-08-27 01:41:48 +00004169/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
4170/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
Chris Lattnerb9dfb032008-04-06 23:58:54 +00004171QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
4172 QualType Domain) const {
4173 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
4174 if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
4175 switch (EltRank) {
David Blaikief47fa302012-01-17 02:30:50 +00004176 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Complex half is not supported");
Steve Naroff9091ef72007-08-27 01:27:54 +00004177 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
4178 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
4179 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
4180 }
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +00004181 }
Chris Lattnerb9dfb032008-04-06 23:58:54 +00004182
4183 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
4184 switch (EltRank) {
Joey Goulydd7f4562013-01-23 11:56:20 +00004185 case HalfRank: return HalfTy;
Chris Lattnerb9dfb032008-04-06 23:58:54 +00004186 case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
4187 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
4188 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
Steve Naroff9091ef72007-08-27 01:27:54 +00004189 }
David Blaikief47fa302012-01-17 02:30:50 +00004190 llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004191}
4192
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004193/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
4194/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
4195/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004196/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004197int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const {
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00004198 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
4199 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004200
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00004201 if (LHSR == RHSR)
Steve Naroff7af82d42007-08-27 15:30:22 +00004202 return 0;
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00004203 if (LHSR > RHSR)
Steve Naroff7af82d42007-08-27 15:30:22 +00004204 return 1;
4205 return -1;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004206}
4207
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00004208/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
4209/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
4210/// or if it is not canonicalized.
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00004211unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00004212 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00004213
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00004214 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00004215 default: llvm_unreachable("getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004216 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004217 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004218 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
4219 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
4220 case BuiltinType::SChar:
4221 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004222 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004223 case BuiltinType::Short:
4224 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004225 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004226 case BuiltinType::Int:
4227 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004228 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004229 case BuiltinType::Long:
4230 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004231 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004232 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
4233 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004234 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00004235 case BuiltinType::Int128:
4236 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
4237 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00004238 }
4239}
4240
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004241/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
4242/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
4243///
4244/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
4245/// promotion occurs.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004246QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const {
Douglas Gregore05d3cb2010-05-24 20:13:53 +00004247 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
4248 return QualType();
4249
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004250 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
4251 if (!Field)
4252 return QualType();
4253
4254 QualType FT = Field->getType();
4255
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00004256 uint64_t BitWidth = Field->getBitWidthValue(*this);
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004257 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
4258 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal
4259 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is.
4260 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int.
4261 if (BitWidth < IntSize)
4262 return IntTy;
4263
4264 if (BitWidth == IntSize)
4265 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
4266
4267 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
4268 // like the base type.
4269 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here
4270 // is ridiculous.
4271 return QualType();
4272}
4273
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004274/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
4275/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
4276/// integer type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004277QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004278 assert(!Promotable.isNull());
4279 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00004280 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>())
4281 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
Eli Friedman3f37c1c2011-10-26 07:22:48 +00004282
4283 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Promotable->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4284 // C++ [conv.prom]: A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t
4285 // (3.9.1) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following
4286 // types that can represent all the values of its underlying type:
4287 // int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or
4288 // unsigned long long int [...]
4289 // FIXME: Is there some better way to compute this?
4290 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S ||
4291 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_U ||
4292 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char16 ||
4293 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char32) {
4294 bool FromIsSigned = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S;
4295 uint64_t FromSize = getTypeSize(BT);
4296 QualType PromoteTypes[] = { IntTy, UnsignedIntTy, LongTy, UnsignedLongTy,
4297 LongLongTy, UnsignedLongLongTy };
4298 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < llvm::array_lengthof(PromoteTypes); ++Idx) {
4299 uint64_t ToSize = getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]);
4300 if (FromSize < ToSize ||
4301 (FromSize == ToSize &&
4302 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType()))
4303 return PromoteTypes[Idx];
4304 }
4305 llvm_unreachable("char type should fit into long long");
4306 }
4307 }
4308
4309 // At this point, we should have a signed or unsigned integer type.
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004310 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
4311 return IntTy;
Eli Friedman6745c3b2012-11-15 01:21:59 +00004312 uint64_t PromotableSize = getIntWidth(Promotable);
4313 uint64_t IntSize = getIntWidth(IntTy);
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004314 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
4315 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
4316}
4317
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7451d1c2011-07-01 22:22:50 +00004318/// \brief Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable
4319/// type and returns its ownership.
4320Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const {
4321 while (!T.isNull()) {
4322 if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None)
4323 return T.getObjCLifetime();
4324 if (T->isArrayType())
4325 T = getBaseElementType(T);
4326 else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>())
4327 T = PT->getPointeeType();
4328 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8e252532011-07-01 23:01:46 +00004329 T = RT->getPointeeType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7451d1c2011-07-01 22:22:50 +00004330 else
4331 break;
4332 }
4333
4334 return Qualifiers::OCL_None;
4335}
4336
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004337/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004338/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004339/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004340int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00004341 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
4342 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004343 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004344
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00004345 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
4346 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004347
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004348 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
4349 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004350
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004351 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
4352 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
4353 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
4354 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004355
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004356 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
4357 if (LHSUnsigned) {
4358 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
4359 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
4360 return 1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004361
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004362 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
4363 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004364 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004365 return -1;
4366 }
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00004367
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004368 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
4369 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
4370 return -1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004371
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004372 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
4373 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004374 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004375 return 1;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004376}
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004377
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004378static RecordDecl *
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004379CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK,
4380 DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id) {
4381 SourceLocation Loc;
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004382 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004383 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id);
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004384 else
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004385 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id);
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004386}
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004387
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004388// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004389QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const {
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004390 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004391 CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004392 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004393 &Idents.get("NSConstantString"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00004394 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004395
Anders Carlsson9c1011c2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00004396 QualType FieldTypes[4];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004397
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004398 // const int *isa;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004399 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson9c1011c2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00004400 // int flags;
4401 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004402 // const char *str;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004403 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004404 // long length;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004405 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
4406
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004407 // Create fields
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004408 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004409 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl,
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +00004410 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004411 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00004412 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004413 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Richard Smith938f40b2011-06-11 17:19:42 +00004414 /*Mutable=*/false,
Richard Smith2b013182012-06-10 03:12:00 +00004415 ICIS_NoInit);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00004416 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004417 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004418 }
4419
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00004420 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004421 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004422
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004423 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl);
Gabor Greif412af032007-09-11 15:32:40 +00004424}
Anders Carlsson87c149b2007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004425
Fariborz Jahaniancb6c8672013-01-04 18:45:40 +00004426QualType ASTContext::getObjCSuperType() const {
4427 if (ObjCSuperType.isNull()) {
4428 RecordDecl *ObjCSuperTypeDecl =
4429 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, &Idents.get("objc_super"));
4430 TUDecl->addDecl(ObjCSuperTypeDecl);
4431 ObjCSuperType = getTagDeclType(ObjCSuperTypeDecl);
4432 }
4433 return ObjCSuperType;
4434}
4435
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00004436void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004437 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00004438 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
4439 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
4440}
4441
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004442QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const {
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004443 if (BlockDescriptorType)
4444 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
4445
4446 RecordDecl *T;
4447 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004448 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004449 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00004450 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004451
4452 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
4453 UnsignedLongTy,
4454 UnsignedLongTy,
4455 };
4456
4457 const char *FieldNames[] = {
4458 "reserved",
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004459 "Size"
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004460 };
4461
4462 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +00004463 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004464 SourceLocation(),
4465 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00004466 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004467 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Richard Smith938f40b2011-06-11 17:19:42 +00004468 /*Mutable=*/false,
Richard Smith2b013182012-06-10 03:12:00 +00004469 ICIS_NoInit);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00004470 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004471 T->addDecl(Field);
4472 }
4473
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00004474 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004475
4476 BlockDescriptorType = T;
4477
4478 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
4479}
4480
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004481QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const {
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004482 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
4483 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
4484
4485 RecordDecl *T;
4486 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004487 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004488 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00004489 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004490
4491 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
4492 UnsignedLongTy,
4493 UnsignedLongTy,
4494 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
4495 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
4496 };
4497
4498 const char *FieldNames[] = {
4499 "reserved",
4500 "Size",
4501 "CopyFuncPtr",
4502 "DestroyFuncPtr"
4503 };
4504
4505 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +00004506 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004507 SourceLocation(),
4508 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00004509 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004510 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Richard Smith938f40b2011-06-11 17:19:42 +00004511 /*Mutable=*/false,
Richard Smith2b013182012-06-10 03:12:00 +00004512 ICIS_NoInit);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00004513 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004514 T->addDecl(Field);
4515 }
4516
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00004517 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004518
4519 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T;
4520
4521 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
4522}
4523
Fariborz Jahanian998f0a32012-11-28 23:12:17 +00004524/// BlockRequiresCopying - Returns true if byref variable "D" of type "Ty"
4525/// requires copy/dispose. Note that this must match the logic
4526/// in buildByrefHelpers.
4527bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty,
4528 const VarDecl *D) {
4529 if (const CXXRecordDecl *record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
4530 const Expr *copyExpr = getBlockVarCopyInits(D);
4531 if (!copyExpr && record->hasTrivialDestructor()) return false;
4532
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00004533 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniana00076c2010-11-17 00:21:28 +00004534 }
Fariborz Jahanian998f0a32012-11-28 23:12:17 +00004535
4536 if (!Ty->isObjCRetainableType()) return false;
4537
4538 Qualifiers qs = Ty.getQualifiers();
4539
4540 // If we have lifetime, that dominates.
4541 if (Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = qs.getObjCLifetime()) {
4542 assert(getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
4543
4544 switch (lifetime) {
4545 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: llvm_unreachable("impossible");
4546
4547 // These are just bits as far as the runtime is concerned.
4548 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
4549 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
4550 return false;
4551
4552 // Tell the runtime that this is ARC __weak, called by the
4553 // byref routines.
4554 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
4555 // ARC __strong __block variables need to be retained.
4556 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
4557 return true;
4558 }
4559 llvm_unreachable("fell out of lifetime switch!");
4560 }
4561 return (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || isObjCNSObjectType(Ty) ||
4562 Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType());
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00004563}
4564
Fariborz Jahaniana9d44642012-11-14 17:15:51 +00004565bool ASTContext::getByrefLifetime(QualType Ty,
4566 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime &LifeTime,
4567 bool &HasByrefExtendedLayout) const {
4568
4569 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1 ||
4570 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
4571 return false;
4572
4573 HasByrefExtendedLayout = false;
Fariborz Jahanianf762b722012-12-11 19:58:01 +00004574 if (Ty->isRecordType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniana9d44642012-11-14 17:15:51 +00004575 HasByrefExtendedLayout = true;
4576 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None;
4577 }
4578 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
4579 LifeTime = Ty.getObjCLifetime();
4580 // MRR.
4581 else if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
4582 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
4583 else
4584 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None;
4585 return true;
4586}
4587
Douglas Gregorbab8a962011-09-08 01:46:34 +00004588TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCInstanceTypeDecl() {
4589 if (!ObjCInstanceTypeDecl)
4590 ObjCInstanceTypeDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(*this,
4591 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
4592 SourceLocation(),
4593 SourceLocation(),
4594 &Idents.get("instancetype"),
4595 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(getObjCIdType()));
4596 return ObjCInstanceTypeDecl;
4597}
4598
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00004599// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
4600// typedef <type> BOOL;
Chris Lattnere0218992007-10-30 20:27:44 +00004601static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00004602 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
Chris Lattner9b1f2792008-11-24 03:52:59 +00004603 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
4604 return II->isStr("BOOL");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004605
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004606 return false;
4607}
4608
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004609/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004610/// purpose.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004611CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const {
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004612 if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType())
4613 return CharUnits::Zero();
4614
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004615 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004616
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004617 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
Douglas Gregorb90df602010-06-16 00:17:44 +00004618 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004619 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy));
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004620 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
4621 else if (type->isArrayType())
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004622 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004623 return sz;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004624}
4625
4626static inline
4627std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) {
4628 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity());
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004629}
4630
John McCall351762c2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00004631/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004632/// declaration.
John McCall351762c2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00004633std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const {
4634 std::string S;
4635
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004636 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
4637 QualType BlockTy =
4638 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4639 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian0e3043b2012-11-15 19:02:45 +00004640 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig)
Fariborz Jahanian64223e62012-11-14 23:11:38 +00004641 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None,
4642 BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(),
4643 S, true /*Extended*/);
4644 else
4645 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(),
4646 S);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004647 // Compute size of all parameters.
4648 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
4649 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
4650 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004651 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
4652 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize;
Fariborz Jahanian590c3522010-04-08 18:06:22 +00004653 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004654 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
4655 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004656 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahaniand4879412012-06-30 00:48:59 +00004657 if (sz.isZero())
4658 continue;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004659 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004660 ParmOffset += sz;
4661 }
4662 // Size of the argument frame
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004663 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004664 // Block pointer and offset.
4665 S += "@?0";
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004666
4667 // Argument types.
4668 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
4669 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E =
4670 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
4671 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
4672 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
4673 if (const ArrayType *AT =
4674 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
4675 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
4676 // elements.
4677 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
4678 PType = PVDecl->getType();
4679 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
4680 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Fariborz Jahanian0e3043b2012-11-15 19:02:45 +00004681 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig)
Fariborz Jahanian64223e62012-11-14 23:11:38 +00004682 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, PType,
4683 S, true /*Extended*/);
4684 else
4685 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004686 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004687 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004688 }
John McCall351762c2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00004689
4690 return S;
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004691}
4692
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004693bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl,
David Chisnall50e4eba2010-12-30 14:05:53 +00004694 std::string& S) {
4695 // Encode result type.
4696 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
4697 CharUnits ParmOffset;
4698 // Compute size of all parameters.
4699 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
4700 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
4701 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
4702 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004703 if (sz.isZero())
Fariborz Jahanian271b8d42012-06-29 22:54:56 +00004704 continue;
4705
David Chisnall50e4eba2010-12-30 14:05:53 +00004706 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004707 "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall50e4eba2010-12-30 14:05:53 +00004708 ParmOffset += sz;
4709 }
4710 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
4711 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero();
4712
4713 // Argument types.
4714 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
4715 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
4716 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
4717 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
4718 if (const ArrayType *AT =
4719 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
4720 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
4721 // elements.
4722 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
4723 PType = PVDecl->getType();
4724 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
4725 PType = PVDecl->getType();
4726 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
4727 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
4728 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
4729 }
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004730
4731 return false;
David Chisnall50e4eba2010-12-30 14:05:53 +00004732}
4733
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004734/// getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter - Return the encoded type for a single
4735/// method parameter or return type. If Extended, include class names and
4736/// block object types.
4737void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
4738 QualType T, std::string& S,
4739 bool Extended) const {
4740 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the parameter.
4741 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(QT, S);
4742 // Encode parameter type.
4743 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, 0,
4744 true /*OutermostType*/,
4745 false /*EncodingProperty*/,
4746 false /*StructField*/,
4747 Extended /*EncodeBlockParameters*/,
4748 Extended /*EncodeClassNames*/);
4749}
4750
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004751/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004752/// declaration.
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004753bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004754 std::string& S,
4755 bool Extended) const {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004756 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004757 // Encode return type.
4758 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(),
4759 Decl->getResultType(), S, Extended);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004760 // Compute size of all parameters.
4761 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
4762 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
4763 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004764 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004765 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
4766 // their size.
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004767 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb8c3aaf2011-10-03 06:37:04 +00004768 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand9235db2010-04-08 21:29:11 +00004769 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00004770 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004771 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004772 if (sz.isZero())
Fariborz Jahanian271b8d42012-06-29 22:54:56 +00004773 continue;
4774
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004775 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
4776 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004777 ParmOffset += sz;
4778 }
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004779 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004780 S += "@0:";
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004781 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004782
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004783 // Argument types.
4784 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb8c3aaf2011-10-03 06:37:04 +00004785 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand9235db2010-04-08 21:29:11 +00004786 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb8c3aaf2011-10-03 06:37:04 +00004787 const ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004788 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahaniana0befc02008-12-20 23:29:59 +00004789 if (const ArrayType *AT =
Steve Naroffe4e55d22009-04-14 00:03:58 +00004790 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
4791 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
4792 // elements.
Steve Naroff323827e2009-04-14 00:40:09 +00004793 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Steve Naroffe4e55d22009-04-14 00:03:58 +00004794 PType = PVDecl->getType();
4795 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
4796 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004797 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(),
4798 PType, S, Extended);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004799 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004800 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004801 }
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004802
4803 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004804}
4805
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004806/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
Fariborz Jahanian2f85a642009-01-20 20:04:12 +00004807/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004808/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
4809/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004810/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
4811/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
4812/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
4813/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
4814/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
Fariborz Jahanian2f85a642009-01-20 20:04:12 +00004815/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
4816/// @code
4817/// enum PropertyAttributes {
4818/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
4819/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
4820/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
4821/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
4822/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
4823/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
4824/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
Bob Wilson8cf61852012-03-22 17:48:02 +00004825/// kPropertyType = 'T' // followed by old-style type encoding.
Fariborz Jahanian2f85a642009-01-20 20:04:12 +00004826/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
4827/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
4828/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
4829/// };
4830/// @endcode
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004831void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004832 const Decl *Container,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004833 std::string& S) const {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004834 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
4835 bool Dynamic = false;
4836 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0;
4837
4838 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction.
4839 if (Container) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004840 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID =
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004841 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
4842 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004843 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor29bd76f2009-04-23 01:02:12 +00004844 i != e; ++i) {
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00004845 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004846 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
4847 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
4848 Dynamic = true;
4849 } else {
4850 SynthesizePID = PID;
4851 }
4852 }
4853 }
4854 } else {
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004855 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004856 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004857 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor29bd76f2009-04-23 01:02:12 +00004858 i != e; ++i) {
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00004859 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004860 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
4861 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
4862 Dynamic = true;
4863 } else {
4864 SynthesizePID = PID;
4865 }
4866 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004867 }
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004868 }
4869 }
4870
4871 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
4872 S = "T";
4873
4874 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004875 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
4876 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004877 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0,
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004878 true /* outermost type */,
4879 true /* encoding for property */);
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004880
4881 if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
4882 S += ",R";
4883 } else {
4884 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
4885 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
4886 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004887 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
Fariborz Jahanian70a315c2011-08-12 20:47:08 +00004888 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Weak: S += ",W"; break;
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004889 }
4890 }
4891
4892 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
4893 // are "dynamic by default".
4894 if (Dynamic)
4895 S += ",D";
4896
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004897 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
4898 S += ",N";
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004899
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004900 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
4901 S += ",G";
Chris Lattnere4b95692008-11-24 03:33:13 +00004902 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004903 }
4904
4905 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
4906 S += ",S";
Chris Lattnere4b95692008-11-24 03:33:13 +00004907 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004908 }
4909
4910 if (SynthesizePID) {
4911 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
4912 S += ",V";
Chris Lattner1cbaacc2008-11-24 04:00:27 +00004913 S += OID->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004914 }
4915
4916 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
4917}
4918
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004919/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004920/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
4921/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004922/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
4923///
4924void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00004925 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004926 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004927 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004928 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004929 else
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004930 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004931 PointeeTy = IntTy;
4932 }
4933 }
4934}
4935
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00004936void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004937 const FieldDecl *Field) const {
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004938 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
4939 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
4940 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
4941 // same type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004942 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
Fariborz Jahaniandaef00b2008-12-22 23:22:27 +00004943 true /* outermost type */);
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004944}
4945
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004946static char getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C,
4947 BuiltinType::Kind kind) {
4948 switch (kind) {
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004949 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v';
4950 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B';
4951 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
4952 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C';
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004953 case BuiltinType::Char16:
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004954 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S';
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004955 case BuiltinType::Char32:
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004956 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I';
4957 case BuiltinType::ULong:
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004958 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004959 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T';
4960 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q';
4961 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
4962 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c';
4963 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's';
Chris Lattnerad3467e2010-12-25 23:25:43 +00004964 case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
4965 case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004966 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i';
4967 case BuiltinType::Long:
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004968 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004969 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q';
4970 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't';
4971 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f';
4972 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd';
Daniel Dunbar7cba5a72010-10-11 21:13:48 +00004973 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D';
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004974 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: return '*'; // like char*
4975
4976 case BuiltinType::Half:
4977 // FIXME: potentially need @encodes for these!
4978 return ' ';
4979
4980 case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
4981 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
4982 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
4983 llvm_unreachable("@encoding ObjC primitive type");
4984
4985 // OpenCL and placeholder types don't need @encodings.
4986 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d:
4987 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray:
4988 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer:
4989 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d:
4990 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray:
4991 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d:
Guy Benyei1b4fb3e2013-01-20 12:31:11 +00004992 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent:
Guy Benyei61054192013-02-07 10:55:47 +00004993 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler:
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004994 case BuiltinType::Dependent:
4995#define BUILTIN_TYPE(KIND, ID)
4996#define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(KIND, ID) \
4997 case BuiltinType::KIND:
4998#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
4999 llvm_unreachable("invalid builtin type for @encode");
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00005000 }
David Blaikie5a6a0202013-01-09 17:48:41 +00005001 llvm_unreachable("invalid BuiltinType::Kind value");
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00005002}
5003
Douglas Gregor8b7d4032011-09-08 17:18:35 +00005004static char ObjCEncodingForEnumType(const ASTContext *C, const EnumType *ET) {
5005 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl();
5006
5007 // The encoding of an non-fixed enum type is always 'i', regardless of size.
5008 if (!Enum->isFixed())
5009 return 'i';
5010
5011 // The encoding of a fixed enum type matches its fixed underlying type.
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005012 const BuiltinType *BT = Enum->getIntegerType()->castAs<BuiltinType>();
5013 return getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(C, BT->getKind());
Douglas Gregor8b7d4032011-09-08 17:18:35 +00005014}
5015
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005016static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S,
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00005017 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) {
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00005018 assert(FD->isBitField() && "not a bitfield - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00005019 S += 'b';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00005020 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits.
5021 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b,
5022 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the
5023 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure:
5024 //
5025 // struct
5026 // {
5027 // int integer;
5028 // int flags:2;
5029 // };
5030 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT
5031 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra
5032 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for
5033 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that
5034 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes...
John McCall5fb5df92012-06-20 06:18:46 +00005035 if (Ctx->getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.isGNUFamily()) {
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00005036 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent();
5037 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Eli Friedmana3c122d2011-07-07 01:54:01 +00005038 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex()));
Douglas Gregor8b7d4032011-09-08 17:18:35 +00005039 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>())
5040 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(Ctx, ET);
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005041 else {
5042 const BuiltinType *BT = T->castAs<BuiltinType>();
5043 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, BT->getKind());
5044 }
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00005045 }
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00005046 S += llvm::utostr(FD->getBitWidthValue(*Ctx));
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00005047}
5048
Daniel Dunbar07d07852009-10-18 21:17:35 +00005049// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00005050void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
5051 bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
5052 bool ExpandStructures,
Daniel Dunbarc040ce42009-04-20 06:37:24 +00005053 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00005054 bool OutermostType,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005055 bool EncodingProperty,
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00005056 bool StructField,
5057 bool EncodeBlockParameters,
Fariborz Jahaniand4c1a202013-02-15 21:14:50 +00005058 bool EncodeClassNames,
5059 bool EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) const {
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005060 CanQualType CT = getCanonicalType(T);
5061 switch (CT->getTypeClass()) {
5062 case Type::Builtin:
5063 case Type::Enum:
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005064 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00005065 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005066 if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CT))
5067 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, BT->getKind());
5068 else
5069 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(this, cast<EnumType>(CT));
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005070 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005071
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005072 case Type::Complex: {
5073 const ComplexType *CT = T->castAs<ComplexType>();
Anders Carlsson39b2e132009-04-09 21:55:45 +00005074 S += 'j';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005075 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false,
Anders Carlsson39b2e132009-04-09 21:55:45 +00005076 false);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005077 return;
5078 }
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005079
5080 case Type::Atomic: {
5081 const AtomicType *AT = T->castAs<AtomicType>();
5082 S += 'A';
5083 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getValueType(), S, false, false, 0,
5084 false, false);
5085 return;
Fariborz Jahanian9ffd7062010-04-13 23:45:47 +00005086 }
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005087
5088 // encoding for pointer or reference types.
5089 case Type::Pointer:
5090 case Type::LValueReference:
5091 case Type::RValueReference: {
5092 QualType PointeeTy;
5093 if (isa<PointerType>(CT)) {
5094 const PointerType *PT = T->castAs<PointerType>();
5095 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) {
5096 S += ':';
5097 return;
5098 }
5099 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
5100 } else {
5101 PointeeTy = T->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType();
5102 }
5103
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005104 bool isReadOnly = false;
5105 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
5106 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
5107 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005108 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00005109 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005110 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
5111 isReadOnly = true;
5112 S += 'r';
5113 }
Mike Stumpe9c6ffc2009-07-31 02:02:20 +00005114 } else if (OutermostType) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005115 QualType P = PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005116 while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
5117 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005118 if (P.isConstQualified()) {
5119 isReadOnly = true;
5120 S += 'r';
5121 }
5122 }
5123 if (isReadOnly) {
5124 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
5125 // combinations need to be rearranged.
5126 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00005127 if (StringRef(S).endswith("nr"))
Benjamin Kramer2e3197e2010-04-27 17:12:11 +00005128 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn");
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005129 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005130
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00005131 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
5132 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
5133 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00005134 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00005135 S += '*';
5136 return;
5137 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005138 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff3de6b702009-07-22 17:14:51 +00005139 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
5140 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
5141 S += '#';
5142 return;
5143 }
5144 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
5145 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
5146 S += '@';
5147 return;
5148 }
5149 // fall through...
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00005150 }
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00005151 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005152 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
5153
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005154 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005155 NULL);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005156 return;
5157 }
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005158
5159 case Type::ConstantArray:
5160 case Type::IncompleteArray:
5161 case Type::VariableArray: {
5162 const ArrayType *AT = cast<ArrayType>(CT);
5163
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005164 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) {
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00005165 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
5166 S += '^';
5167
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005168 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00005169 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
5170 } else {
5171 S += '[';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005172
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005173 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
5174 if (getTypeSize(CAT->getElementType()) == 0)
5175 S += '0';
5176 else
5177 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
5178 } else {
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00005179 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005180 assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) &&
5181 "Unknown array type!");
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00005182 S += '0';
5183 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005184
5185 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00005186 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
5187 S += ']';
5188 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005189 return;
5190 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005191
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005192 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
5193 case Type::FunctionProto:
Anders Carlssondf4cc612007-10-30 00:06:20 +00005194 S += '?';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005195 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005196
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005197 case Type::Record: {
5198 RecordDecl *RDecl = cast<RecordType>(CT)->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00005199 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
Daniel Dunbar40cac772008-10-17 06:22:57 +00005200 // Anonymous structures print as '?'
5201 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
5202 S += II->getName();
Fariborz Jahanianc5158202010-05-07 00:28:49 +00005203 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
5204 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) {
5205 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
Benjamin Kramer9170e912013-02-22 15:46:01 +00005206 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(S);
5207 TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(OS,
Douglas Gregor1ccc8412010-11-07 23:05:16 +00005208 TemplateArgs.data(),
5209 TemplateArgs.size(),
Douglas Gregorc0b07282011-09-27 22:38:19 +00005210 (*this).getPrintingPolicy());
Fariborz Jahanianc5158202010-05-07 00:28:49 +00005211 }
Daniel Dunbar40cac772008-10-17 06:22:57 +00005212 } else {
5213 S += '?';
5214 }
Daniel Dunbarfc1066d2008-10-17 20:21:44 +00005215 if (ExpandStructures) {
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00005216 S += '=';
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005217 if (!RDecl->isUnion()) {
5218 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD);
5219 } else {
5220 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
5221 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
5222 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
5223 if (FD) {
5224 S += '"';
5225 S += Field->getNameAsString();
5226 S += '"';
5227 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005228
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005229 // Special case bit-fields.
5230 if (Field->isBitField()) {
5231 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00005232 *Field);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005233 } else {
5234 QualType qt = Field->getType();
5235 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
5236 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
5237 FD, /*OutermostType*/false,
5238 /*EncodingProperty*/false,
5239 /*StructField*/true);
5240 }
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00005241 }
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00005242 }
Fariborz Jahanianbc92fd72007-11-13 23:21:38 +00005243 }
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00005244 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005245 return;
5246 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005247
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005248 case Type::BlockPointer: {
5249 const BlockPointerType *BT = T->castAs<BlockPointerType>();
Steve Naroff49140cb2009-02-02 18:24:29 +00005250 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00005251 if (EncodeBlockParameters) {
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005252 const FunctionType *FT = BT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00005253
5254 S += '<';
5255 // Block return type
5256 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(FT->getResultType(), S,
5257 ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures,
5258 FD,
5259 false /* OutermostType */,
5260 EncodingProperty,
5261 false /* StructField */,
5262 EncodeBlockParameters,
5263 EncodeClassNames);
5264 // Block self
5265 S += "@?";
5266 // Block parameters
5267 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
5268 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator I = FPT->arg_type_begin(),
5269 E = FPT->arg_type_end(); I && (I != E); ++I) {
5270 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(*I, S,
5271 ExpandPointedToStructures,
5272 ExpandStructures,
5273 FD,
5274 false /* OutermostType */,
5275 EncodingProperty,
5276 false /* StructField */,
5277 EncodeBlockParameters,
5278 EncodeClassNames);
5279 }
5280 }
5281 S += '>';
5282 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005283 return;
5284 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005285
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005286 case Type::ObjCObject:
5287 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
5288 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level.
5289 T = T->castAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getBaseType();
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005290
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005291 // The assumption seems to be that this assert will succeed
5292 // because nested levels will have filtered out 'id' and 'Class'.
5293 const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->castAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005294 // @encode(class_name)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005295 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005296 S += '{';
5297 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier();
5298 S += II->getName();
5299 S += '=';
Jordy Rosea91768e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00005300 SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars;
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00005301 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars);
5302 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
Jordy Rosea91768e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00005303 const FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]);
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00005304 if (Field->isBitField())
5305 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field);
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005306 else
Fariborz Jahaniand4c1a202013-02-15 21:14:50 +00005307 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD,
5308 false, false, false, false, false,
5309 EncodePointerToObjCTypedef);
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005310 }
5311 S += '}';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005312 return;
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005313 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005314
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005315 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
5316 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005317 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
5318 S += '@';
5319 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005320 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005321
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00005322 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
5323 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
5324 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
5325 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005326 S += '#';
5327 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005328 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005329
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005330 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005331 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005332 ExpandPointedToStructures,
5333 ExpandStructures, FD);
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00005334 if (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005335 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
5336 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005337 S += '"';
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00005338 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
5339 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005340 S += '<';
5341 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
5342 S += '>';
5343 }
5344 S += '"';
5345 }
5346 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005347 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005348
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005349 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
5350 if (!EncodingProperty &&
Fariborz Jahaniand4c1a202013-02-15 21:14:50 +00005351 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr()) &&
5352 !EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005353 // Another historical/compatibility reason.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005354 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005355 // {...};
5356 S += '^';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005357 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
5358 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahaniand4c1a202013-02-15 21:14:50 +00005359 NULL,
5360 false, false, false, false, false,
5361 /*EncodePointerToObjCTypedef*/true);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005362 return;
5363 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005364
5365 S += '@';
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00005366 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() &&
5367 (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames)) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005368 S += '"';
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00005369 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName();
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00005370 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
5371 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005372 S += '<';
5373 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
5374 S += '>';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005375 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005376 S += '"';
5377 }
5378 return;
5379 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005380
John McCalla9e6e8d2010-05-17 23:56:34 +00005381 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers.
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005382 // FIXME: we shoul do better than that. 'M' is available.
5383 case Type::MemberPointer:
John McCalla9e6e8d2010-05-17 23:56:34 +00005384 return;
Fariborz Jahaniane0587be2010-10-07 21:25:25 +00005385
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005386 case Type::Vector:
5387 case Type::ExtVector:
Fariborz Jahaniane0587be2010-10-07 21:25:25 +00005388 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is
5389 // insufficient.
5390 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc.
5391 return;
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005392
Richard Smith27d807c2013-04-30 13:56:41 +00005393 case Type::Auto:
5394 // We could see an undeduced auto type here during error recovery.
5395 // Just ignore it.
5396 return;
5397
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005398#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(KIND, BASE)
5399#define TYPE(KIND, BASE)
5400#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \
5401 case Type::KIND:
5402#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \
5403 case Type::KIND:
5404#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \
5405 case Type::KIND:
5406#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
5407 llvm_unreachable("@encode for dependent type!");
Fariborz Jahaniane0587be2010-10-07 21:25:25 +00005408 }
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005409 llvm_unreachable("bad type kind!");
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00005410}
5411
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005412void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl,
5413 std::string &S,
5414 const FieldDecl *FD,
5415 bool includeVBases) const {
5416 assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl");
5417 assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions");
5418 if (!RDecl->getDefinition())
5419 return;
5420
5421 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl);
5422 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets;
5423 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl);
5424
5425 if (CXXRec) {
5426 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator
5427 BI = CXXRec->bases_begin(),
5428 BE = CXXRec->bases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) {
5429 if (!BI->isVirtual()) {
5430 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis95a76f32011-06-17 23:19:38 +00005431 if (base->isEmpty())
5432 continue;
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00005433 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getBaseClassOffset(base));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005434 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
5435 std::make_pair(offs, base));
5436 }
5437 }
5438 }
5439
5440 unsigned i = 0;
5441 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
5442 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
5443 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field, ++i) {
5444 uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i);
5445 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00005446 std::make_pair(offs, *Field));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005447 }
5448
5449 if (CXXRec && includeVBases) {
5450 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator
5451 BI = CXXRec->vbases_begin(),
5452 BE = CXXRec->vbases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) {
5453 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis95a76f32011-06-17 23:19:38 +00005454 if (base->isEmpty())
5455 continue;
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00005456 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis81c0b5c2011-09-26 18:14:24 +00005457 if (FieldOrBaseOffsets.find(offs) == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end())
5458 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(),
5459 std::make_pair(offs, base));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005460 }
5461 }
5462
5463 CharUnits size;
5464 if (CXXRec) {
5465 size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize();
5466 } else {
5467 size = layout.getSize();
5468 }
5469
5470 uint64_t CurOffs = 0;
5471 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator
5472 CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin();
5473
Douglas Gregorf5d6c742012-04-27 22:30:01 +00005474 if (CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() &&
5475 (CurLayObj == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() || CurLayObj->first != 0)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005476 if (FD) {
5477 S += "\"_vptr$";
5478 std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString();
5479 if (recname.empty()) recname = "?";
5480 S += recname;
5481 S += '"';
5482 }
5483 S += "^^?";
5484 CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy);
5485 }
5486
5487 if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
5488 // Mark the end of the structure.
5489 uint64_t offs = toBits(size);
5490 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
5491 std::make_pair(offs, (NamedDecl*)0));
5492 }
5493
5494 for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) {
5495 assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first);
5496
5497 if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) {
5498 uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs;
5499 // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that
5500 // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case
5501 // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout.
5502 // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without
5503 // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the
5504 // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be
5505 // longer then though.
5506 CurOffs += padding;
5507 }
5508
5509 NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second;
5510 if (dcl == 0)
5511 break; // reached end of structure.
5512
5513 if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) {
5514 // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going
5515 // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which
5516 // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy,
5517 // making the encoding type bigger than it really is.
5518 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis95a76f32011-06-17 23:19:38 +00005519 assert(!base->isEmpty());
5520 CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005521 } else {
5522 FieldDecl *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl);
5523 if (FD) {
5524 S += '"';
5525 S += field->getNameAsString();
5526 S += '"';
5527 }
5528
5529 if (field->isBitField()) {
5530 EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field);
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00005531 CurOffs += field->getBitWidthValue(*this);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005532 } else {
5533 QualType qt = field->getType();
5534 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
5535 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD,
5536 /*OutermostType*/false,
5537 /*EncodingProperty*/false,
5538 /*StructField*/true);
5539 CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType());
5540 }
5541 }
5542 }
5543}
5544
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005545void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
Fariborz Jahanianac73ff82007-11-01 17:18:37 +00005546 std::string& S) const {
5547 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
5548 S += 'n';
5549 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
5550 S += 'N';
5551 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
5552 S += 'o';
5553 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
5554 S += 'O';
5555 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
5556 S += 'R';
5557 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
5558 S += 'V';
5559}
5560
Douglas Gregor3ea72692011-08-12 05:46:01 +00005561TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCIdDecl() const {
5562 if (!ObjCIdDecl) {
5563 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, 0, 0);
5564 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5565 TypeSourceInfo *IdInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
5566 ObjCIdDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
5567 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5568 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5569 &Idents.get("id"), IdInfo);
5570 }
5571
5572 return ObjCIdDecl;
Steve Naroff66e9f332007-10-15 14:41:52 +00005573}
5574
Douglas Gregor52e02802011-08-12 06:17:30 +00005575TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCSelDecl() const {
5576 if (!ObjCSelDecl) {
5577 QualType SelT = getPointerType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy);
5578 TypeSourceInfo *SelInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(SelT);
5579 ObjCSelDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
5580 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5581 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5582 &Idents.get("SEL"), SelInfo);
5583 }
5584 return ObjCSelDecl;
Fariborz Jahanian4bef4622007-10-16 20:40:23 +00005585}
5586
Douglas Gregor0a586182011-08-12 05:59:41 +00005587TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCClassDecl() const {
5588 if (!ObjCClassDecl) {
5589 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, 0, 0);
5590 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5591 TypeSourceInfo *ClassInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
5592 ObjCClassDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
5593 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5594 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5595 &Idents.get("Class"), ClassInfo);
5596 }
5597
5598 return ObjCClassDecl;
Anders Carlssonf56a7ae2007-10-31 02:53:19 +00005599}
5600
Douglas Gregord53ae832012-01-17 18:09:05 +00005601ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjCProtocolDecl() const {
5602 if (!ObjCProtocolClassDecl) {
5603 ObjCProtocolClassDecl
5604 = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5605 SourceLocation(),
5606 &Idents.get("Protocol"),
5607 /*PrevDecl=*/0,
5608 SourceLocation(), true);
5609 }
5610
5611 return ObjCProtocolClassDecl;
5612}
5613
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005614//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5615// __builtin_va_list Construction Functions
5616//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5617
5618static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5619 // typedef char* __builtin_va_list;
5620 QualType CharPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->CharTy);
5621 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo
5622 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharPtrType);
5623
5624 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl
5625 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5626 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5627 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5628 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5629 TInfo);
5630 return VaListTypeDecl;
5631}
5632
5633static TypedefDecl *CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5634 // typedef void* __builtin_va_list;
5635 QualType VoidPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5636 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo
5637 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VoidPtrType);
5638
5639 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl
5640 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5641 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5642 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5643 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5644 TInfo);
5645 return VaListTypeDecl;
5646}
5647
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +00005648static TypedefDecl *
5649CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5650 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl;
5651 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5652 // namespace std { struct __va_list {
5653 NamespaceDecl *NS;
5654 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5655 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5656 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(),
5657 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"),
5658 /*PrevDecl*/0);
5659
5660 VaListTagDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct,
5661 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5662 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5663 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list"));
5664 VaListTagDecl->setDeclContext(NS);
5665 } else {
5666 // struct __va_list
5667 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct,
5668 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5669 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list"));
5670 }
5671
5672 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition();
5673
5674 const size_t NumFields = 5;
5675 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields];
5676 const char *FieldNames[NumFields];
5677
5678 // void *__stack;
5679 FieldTypes[0] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5680 FieldNames[0] = "__stack";
5681
5682 // void *__gr_top;
5683 FieldTypes[1] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5684 FieldNames[1] = "__gr_top";
5685
5686 // void *__vr_top;
5687 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5688 FieldNames[2] = "__vr_top";
5689
5690 // int __gr_offs;
5691 FieldTypes[3] = Context->IntTy;
5692 FieldNames[3] = "__gr_offs";
5693
5694 // int __vr_offs;
5695 FieldTypes[4] = Context->IntTy;
5696 FieldNames[4] = "__vr_offs";
5697
5698 // Create fields
5699 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) {
5700 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5701 VaListTagDecl,
5702 SourceLocation(),
5703 SourceLocation(),
5704 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
5705 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
5706 /*BitWidth=*/0,
5707 /*Mutable=*/false,
5708 ICIS_NoInit);
5709 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
5710 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field);
5711 }
5712 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition();
5713 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl);
5714 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType;
5715
5716 // } __builtin_va_list;
5717 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl
5718 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5719 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5720 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5721 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5722 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType));
5723
5724 return VaListTypedefDecl;
5725}
5726
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005727static TypedefDecl *CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5728 // typedef struct __va_list_tag {
5729 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl;
5730
5731 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct,
5732 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5733 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"));
5734 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition();
5735
5736 const size_t NumFields = 5;
5737 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields];
5738 const char *FieldNames[NumFields];
5739
5740 // unsigned char gpr;
5741 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedCharTy;
5742 FieldNames[0] = "gpr";
5743
5744 // unsigned char fpr;
5745 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedCharTy;
5746 FieldNames[1] = "fpr";
5747
5748 // unsigned short reserved;
5749 FieldTypes[2] = Context->UnsignedShortTy;
5750 FieldNames[2] = "reserved";
5751
5752 // void* overflow_arg_area;
5753 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5754 FieldNames[3] = "overflow_arg_area";
5755
5756 // void* reg_save_area;
5757 FieldTypes[4] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5758 FieldNames[4] = "reg_save_area";
5759
5760 // Create fields
5761 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) {
5762 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*Context, VaListTagDecl,
5763 SourceLocation(),
5764 SourceLocation(),
5765 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
5766 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
5767 /*BitWidth=*/0,
5768 /*Mutable=*/false,
5769 ICIS_NoInit);
5770 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
5771 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field);
5772 }
5773 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition();
5774 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl);
Meador Ingecfb60902012-07-01 15:57:25 +00005775 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType;
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005776
5777 // } __va_list_tag;
5778 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl
5779 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5780 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5781 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5782 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"),
5783 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType));
5784 QualType VaListTagTypedefType =
5785 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl);
5786
5787 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1];
5788 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1);
5789 QualType VaListTagArrayType
5790 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType,
5791 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
5792 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo
5793 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType);
5794 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl
5795 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5796 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5797 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5798 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5799 TInfo);
5800
5801 return VaListTypedefDecl;
5802}
5803
5804static TypedefDecl *
5805CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5806 // typedef struct __va_list_tag {
5807 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl;
5808 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct,
5809 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5810 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"));
5811 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition();
5812
5813 const size_t NumFields = 4;
5814 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields];
5815 const char *FieldNames[NumFields];
5816
5817 // unsigned gp_offset;
5818 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedIntTy;
5819 FieldNames[0] = "gp_offset";
5820
5821 // unsigned fp_offset;
5822 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedIntTy;
5823 FieldNames[1] = "fp_offset";
5824
5825 // void* overflow_arg_area;
5826 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5827 FieldNames[2] = "overflow_arg_area";
5828
5829 // void* reg_save_area;
5830 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5831 FieldNames[3] = "reg_save_area";
5832
5833 // Create fields
5834 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) {
5835 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5836 VaListTagDecl,
5837 SourceLocation(),
5838 SourceLocation(),
5839 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
5840 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
5841 /*BitWidth=*/0,
5842 /*Mutable=*/false,
5843 ICIS_NoInit);
5844 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
5845 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field);
5846 }
5847 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition();
5848 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl);
Meador Ingecfb60902012-07-01 15:57:25 +00005849 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType;
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005850
5851 // } __va_list_tag;
5852 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl
5853 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5854 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5855 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5856 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"),
5857 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType));
5858 QualType VaListTagTypedefType =
5859 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl);
5860
5861 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1];
5862 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1);
5863 QualType VaListTagArrayType
5864 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType,
5865 Size, ArrayType::Normal,0);
5866 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo
5867 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType);
5868 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl
5869 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5870 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5871 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5872 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5873 TInfo);
5874
5875 return VaListTypedefDecl;
5876}
5877
5878static TypedefDecl *CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5879 // typedef int __builtin_va_list[4];
5880 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 4);
5881 QualType IntArrayType
5882 = Context->getConstantArrayType(Context->IntTy,
5883 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
5884 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl
5885 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5886 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5887 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5888 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5889 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(IntArrayType));
5890
5891 return VaListTypedefDecl;
5892}
5893
Logan Chien57086ce2012-10-10 06:56:20 +00005894static TypedefDecl *
5895CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5896 RecordDecl *VaListDecl;
5897 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5898 // namespace std { struct __va_list {
5899 NamespaceDecl *NS;
5900 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5901 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5902 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(),
5903 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"),
5904 /*PrevDecl*/0);
5905
5906 VaListDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct,
5907 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5908 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5909 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list"));
5910
5911 VaListDecl->setDeclContext(NS);
5912
5913 } else {
5914 // struct __va_list {
5915 VaListDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct,
5916 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5917 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list"));
5918 }
5919
5920 VaListDecl->startDefinition();
5921
5922 // void * __ap;
5923 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5924 VaListDecl,
5925 SourceLocation(),
5926 SourceLocation(),
5927 &Context->Idents.get("__ap"),
5928 Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy),
5929 /*TInfo=*/0,
5930 /*BitWidth=*/0,
5931 /*Mutable=*/false,
5932 ICIS_NoInit);
5933 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
5934 VaListDecl->addDecl(Field);
5935
5936 // };
5937 VaListDecl->completeDefinition();
5938
5939 // typedef struct __va_list __builtin_va_list;
5940 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo
5941 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context->getRecordType(VaListDecl));
5942
5943 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl
5944 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5945 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5946 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5947 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5948 TInfo);
5949
5950 return VaListTypeDecl;
5951}
5952
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005953static TypedefDecl *CreateVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context,
5954 TargetInfo::BuiltinVaListKind Kind) {
5955 switch (Kind) {
5956 case TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList:
5957 return CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
5958 case TargetInfo::VoidPtrBuiltinVaList:
5959 return CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +00005960 case TargetInfo::AArch64ABIBuiltinVaList:
5961 return CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005962 case TargetInfo::PowerABIBuiltinVaList:
5963 return CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
5964 case TargetInfo::X86_64ABIBuiltinVaList:
5965 return CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
5966 case TargetInfo::PNaClABIBuiltinVaList:
5967 return CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
Logan Chien57086ce2012-10-10 06:56:20 +00005968 case TargetInfo::AAPCSABIBuiltinVaList:
5969 return CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005970 }
5971
5972 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled __builtin_va_list type kind");
5973}
5974
5975TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinVaListDecl() const {
5976 if (!BuiltinVaListDecl)
5977 BuiltinVaListDecl = CreateVaListDecl(this, Target->getBuiltinVaListKind());
5978
5979 return BuiltinVaListDecl;
5980}
5981
Meador Ingecfb60902012-07-01 15:57:25 +00005982QualType ASTContext::getVaListTagType() const {
5983 // Force the creation of VaListTagTy by building the __builtin_va_list
5984 // declaration.
5985 if (VaListTagTy.isNull())
5986 (void) getBuiltinVaListDecl();
5987
5988 return VaListTagTy;
5989}
5990
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00005991void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005992 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
Steve Narofff73b7842007-10-15 23:35:17 +00005993 "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005994
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00005995 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Steve Narofff73b7842007-10-15 23:35:17 +00005996}
5997
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00005998/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty
5999/// lookup.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006000TemplateName
6001ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
6002 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const {
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00006003 unsigned size = End - Begin;
6004 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!");
6005
6006 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) +
6007 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*));
6008 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size);
6009
6010 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage();
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00006011 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) {
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00006012 NamedDecl *D = *I;
6013 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) ||
6014 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
6015 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl())));
6016 *Storage++ = D;
6017 }
6018
6019 return TemplateName(OT);
6020}
6021
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00006022/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
6023/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006024TemplateName
6025ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
6026 bool TemplateKeyword,
6027 TemplateDecl *Template) const {
Douglas Gregore29139c2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00006028 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name");
6029
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00006030 // FIXME: Canonicalization?
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00006031 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
6032 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
6033
6034 void *InsertPos = 0;
6035 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
6036 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
6037 if (!QTN) {
Richard Smitha5e69762012-08-16 01:19:31 +00006038 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<QualifiedTemplateName>())
6039 QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00006040 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
6041 }
6042
6043 return TemplateName(QTN);
6044}
6045
6046/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
6047/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006048TemplateName
6049ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
6050 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006051 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00006052 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00006053
6054 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
6055 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
6056
6057 void *InsertPos = 0;
6058 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
6059 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
6060
6061 if (QTN)
6062 return TemplateName(QTN);
6063
6064 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
6065 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
Richard Smitha5e69762012-08-16 01:19:31 +00006066 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>())
6067 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00006068 } else {
6069 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
Richard Smitha5e69762012-08-16 01:19:31 +00006070 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>())
6071 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00006072 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN =
6073 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
6074 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken");
6075 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00006076 }
6077
6078 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
6079 return TemplateName(QTN);
6080}
6081
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00006082/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
6083/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
6084TemplateName
6085ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006086 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const {
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00006087 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
6088 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
6089
6090 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
6091 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
6092
6093 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00006094 DependentTemplateName *QTN
6095 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00006096
6097 if (QTN)
6098 return TemplateName(QTN);
6099
6100 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
6101 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
Richard Smitha5e69762012-08-16 01:19:31 +00006102 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>())
6103 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00006104 } else {
6105 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
Richard Smitha5e69762012-08-16 01:19:31 +00006106 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>())
6107 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00006108
6109 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN
6110 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
6111 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken");
6112 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00006113 }
6114
6115 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
6116 return TemplateName(QTN);
6117}
6118
Douglas Gregor5590be02011-01-15 06:45:20 +00006119TemplateName
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00006120ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param,
6121 TemplateName replacement) const {
6122 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
6123 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement);
6124
6125 void *insertPos = 0;
6126 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
6127 = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
6128
6129 if (!subst) {
6130 subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement);
6131 SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos);
6132 }
6133
6134 return TemplateName(subst);
6135}
6136
6137TemplateName
Douglas Gregor5590be02011-01-15 06:45:20 +00006138ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6139 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const {
6140 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this);
6141 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
6142 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack);
6143
6144 void *InsertPos = 0;
6145 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst
6146 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
6147
6148 if (!Subst) {
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00006149 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param,
Douglas Gregor5590be02011-01-15 06:45:20 +00006150 ArgPack.pack_size(),
6151 ArgPack.pack_begin());
6152 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos);
6153 }
6154
6155 return TemplateName(Subst);
6156}
6157
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00006158/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
Douglas Gregorab138572008-11-03 15:57:00 +00006159/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
6160/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00006161CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00006162 switch (Type) {
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00006163 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00006164 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
6165 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
6166 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
6167 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
6168 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
6169 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
6170 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
6171 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
6172 }
6173
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00006174 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00006175}
Ted Kremenek77c51b22008-07-24 23:58:27 +00006176
6177//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6178// Type Predicates.
6179//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6180
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00006181/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
6182/// garbage collection attribute.
6183///
John McCall553d45a2011-01-12 00:34:59 +00006184Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00006185 if (getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC)
John McCall553d45a2011-01-12 00:34:59 +00006186 return Qualifiers::GCNone;
6187
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00006188 assert(getLangOpts().ObjC1);
John McCall553d45a2011-01-12 00:34:59 +00006189 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
6190
6191 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers
6192 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
6193 // as __strong.
6194 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
6195 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
6196 return Qualifiers::Strong;
6197 else if (Ty->isPointerType())
6198 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
6199 } else {
6200 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a
6201 // pointer.
6202#ifndef NDEBUG
6203 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
6204 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT))
6205 CT = AT->getElementType();
6206 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType());
6207#endif
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00006208 }
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00006209 return GCAttrs;
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00006210}
6211
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006212//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6213// Type Compatibility Testing
6214//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnerb338a6b2007-11-01 05:03:41 +00006215
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006216/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006217/// compatible.
6218static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
6219 const VectorType *RHS) {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00006220 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006221 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006222 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006223}
6224
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00006225bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec,
6226 QualType SecondVec) {
6227 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type");
6228 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type");
6229
6230 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec))
6231 return true;
6232
Bob Wilsone6aeebb2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00006233 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the
6234 // equivalent GCC vector types.
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00006235 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>();
6236 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>();
Bob Wilsone6aeebb2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00006237 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() &&
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00006238 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) &&
Bob Wilsone6aeebb2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00006239 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
6240 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool &&
6241 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
6242 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool)
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00006243 return true;
6244
6245 return false;
6246}
6247
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006248//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6249// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
6250//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6251
6252/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
6253/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006254bool
6255ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
6256 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const {
Douglas Gregor33b24292012-01-01 18:09:12 +00006257 if (declaresSameEntity(lProto, rProto))
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006258 return true;
6259 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(),
6260 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
6261 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI))
6262 return true;
6263 return false;
6264}
6265
Dmitri Gribenko4364fcf2012-08-28 02:49:14 +00006266/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<pr,...> with id<pr1,...>
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006267/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false
6268/// otherwise.
6269bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
6270 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
6271 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false);
6272 return false;
6273}
6274
Dmitri Gribenko4364fcf2012-08-28 02:49:14 +00006275/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<pr,...> and
6276/// Class<pr1, ...>.
Fariborz Jahanian3c7ebc32010-07-19 22:02:22 +00006277bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs,
6278 QualType rhs) {
6279 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6280 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6281 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible");
6282
6283 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
6284 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6285 bool match = false;
6286 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
6287 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
6288 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
6289 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
6290 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) {
6291 match = true;
6292 break;
6293 }
6294 }
6295 if (!match)
6296 return false;
6297 }
6298 return true;
6299}
6300
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006301/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
6302/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
6303bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
6304 bool compare) {
6305 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006306 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006307 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
6308 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006309 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006310 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
6311 return true;
6312
6313 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006314 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006315
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006316 if (!rhsOPT) return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006317
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006318 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006319 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006320 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
6321 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
6322 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
6323 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6324 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
6325 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
6326 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian3f8917a2009-08-11 22:02:25 +00006327 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true))
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006328 return false;
6329 }
6330 }
6331 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
6332 return true;
6333 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006334 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006335 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
6336 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6337 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
6338 bool match = false;
6339
6340 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
6341 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
6342 // through its super class and categories.
6343 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
6344 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
6345 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
6346 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
6347 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
6348 match = true;
6349 break;
6350 }
6351 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006352 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006353 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
6354 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
6355 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
6356 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6357 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
6358 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
6359 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian3f8917a2009-08-11 22:02:25 +00006360 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006361 match = true;
6362 break;
6363 }
6364 }
6365 }
6366 if (!match)
6367 return false;
6368 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006369
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006370 return true;
6371 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006372
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006373 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
6374 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
6375
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006376 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006377 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00006378 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006379 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(),
6380 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6381 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
6382 bool match = false;
6383
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00006384 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs,
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006385 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
6386 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00006387 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct
6388 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006389 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
6390 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
6391 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
6392 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
6393 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
6394 match = true;
6395 break;
6396 }
6397 }
6398 if (!match)
6399 return false;
6400 }
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00006401
6402 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols
6403 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
6404 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
6405 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
6406 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols);
6407 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has
6408 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s)
6409 // assume that it is mismatch.
6410 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty())
6411 return false;
6412 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
6413 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
6414 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6415 bool match = false;
6416 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I);
6417 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
6418 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
6419 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
6420 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
6421 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
6422 match = true;
6423 break;
6424 }
6425 }
6426 if (!match)
6427 return false;
6428 }
6429 }
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006430 return true;
6431 }
6432 return false;
6433}
6434
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006435/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006436/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
6437/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
6438///
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006439bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
6440 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006441 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
6442 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
6443
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00006444 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006445 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() ||
6446 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006447 return true;
6448
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006449 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006450 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
6451 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006452 false);
Fariborz Jahanian3c7ebc32010-07-19 22:02:22 +00006453
6454 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass())
6455 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
6456 QualType(RHSOPT,0));
6457
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006458 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path.
6459 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface())
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006460 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006461
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006462 return false;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006463}
6464
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006465/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00006466/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006467/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where
6468/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is
6469/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK.
6470bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
6471 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00006472 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
6473 bool BlockReturnType) {
Fariborz Jahanian440a6832010-04-06 17:23:39 +00006474 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType())
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006475 return true;
6476
6477 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
6478 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType();
6479 }
6480
Fariborz Jahanian440a6832010-04-06 17:23:39 +00006481 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006482 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
6483 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
6484 false);
6485
6486 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
6487 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
6488 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types.
6489 if (LHS != RHS) {
6490 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00006491 return BlockReturnType;
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006492 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl()))
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00006493 return !BlockReturnType;
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006494 }
6495 else
6496 return true;
6497 }
6498 return false;
6499}
6500
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006501/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
6502/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects.
6503/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
6504/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
6505static
6506void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
6507 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
6508 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00006509 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006510
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006511 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
6512 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
6513 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base");
6514 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base");
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006515
6516 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet;
6517 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols();
6518 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0)
6519 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end());
6520 else {
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00006521 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006522 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(),
6523 LHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006524 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
6525 LHSInheritedProtocols.end());
6526 }
6527
6528 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols();
6529 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) {
Dan Gohman145f3f12010-04-19 16:39:44 +00006530 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols =
6531 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin());
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006532 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i)
6533 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i]))
6534 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]);
Chad Rosier6fdf38b2011-08-17 23:08:45 +00006535 } else {
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00006536 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006537 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(),
6538 RHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00006539 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
6540 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
6541 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I)
6542 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I)))
6543 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I));
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006544 }
6545}
6546
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00006547/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if
6548/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the
6549/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a
6550/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare.
6551QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006552 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr,
6553 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) {
6554 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType();
6555 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType();
6556 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface();
6557 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface();
Douglas Gregor0b144e12011-12-15 00:29:59 +00006558 if (!LDecl || !RDecl || (declaresSameEntity(LDecl, RDecl)))
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00006559 return QualType();
6560
Fariborz Jahanianb1071432011-04-18 21:16:59 +00006561 do {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006562 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl));
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006563 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00006564 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006565 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols);
6566
6567 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0);
6568 if (!Protocols.empty())
6569 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size());
6570 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result);
6571 return Result;
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006572 }
Fariborz Jahanianb1071432011-04-18 21:16:59 +00006573 } while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass()));
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00006574
6575 return QualType();
6576}
6577
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006578bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS,
6579 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) {
6580 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type");
6581 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type");
6582
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006583 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
6584 // the LHS.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006585 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()))
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006586 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006587
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006588 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not
6589 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good.
Steve Naroffc277ad12009-07-18 15:33:26 +00006590 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006591 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006592
Fariborz Jahanian4806ff82011-04-08 18:25:29 +00006593 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't,
6594 // more detailed analysis is required.
6595 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) {
6596 // OK, if LHS is a superclass of RHS *and*
6597 // this superclass is assignment compatible with LHS.
6598 // false otherwise.
Fariborz Jahanian240400b2011-04-12 16:34:14 +00006599 bool IsSuperClass =
6600 LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface());
6601 if (IsSuperClass) {
Fariborz Jahanian4806ff82011-04-08 18:25:29 +00006602 // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types
6603 // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols
6604 // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok.
6605 // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>.
6606 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols;
Fariborz Jahanian240400b2011-04-12 16:34:14 +00006607 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanian4806ff82011-04-08 18:25:29 +00006608 // If super class has no protocols, it is not a match.
6609 if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty())
6610 return false;
6611
6612 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
6613 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
6614 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
6615 bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false;
6616 ObjCProtocolDecl *LHSProto = (*LHSPI);
6617
6618 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
6619 SuperClassInheritedProtocols.begin(),
6620 E = SuperClassInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6621 ObjCProtocolDecl *SuperClassProto = (*I);
6622 if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) {
6623 SuperImplementsProtocol = true;
6624 break;
6625 }
6626 }
6627 if (!SuperImplementsProtocol)
6628 return false;
6629 }
6630 return true;
6631 }
6632 return false;
6633 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006634
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006635 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
6636 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00006637 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
6638 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false;
6639
6640 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types
6641 // are incompatible.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006642 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(),
6643 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end();
Steve Narofffac5bc92009-07-16 16:21:02 +00006644 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) {
6645 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) {
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00006646 RHSImplementsProtocol = true;
Steve Narofffac5bc92009-07-16 16:21:02 +00006647 break;
6648 }
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00006649 }
6650 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name.
6651 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol)
6652 return false;
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006653 }
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00006654 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS.
6655 return true;
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006656}
6657
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00006658bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
6659 // get the "pointed to" types
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006660 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6661 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006662
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006663 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00006664 return false;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006665
6666 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
6667 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00006668}
6669
Douglas Gregor8b2d2fe2010-08-07 11:51:51 +00006670bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) {
6671 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(
6672 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
6673 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>());
6674}
6675
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006676/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00006677/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006678/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00006679/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006680bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
6681 bool CompareUnqualified) {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00006682 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00006683 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS);
6684
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006685 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull();
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006686}
6687
Fariborz Jahanianc0f6af22011-07-12 22:05:16 +00006688bool ASTContext::propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Fariborz Jahanianc87c8792011-07-12 23:20:13 +00006689 return typesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianc0f6af22011-07-12 22:05:16 +00006690}
6691
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006692bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
6693 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull();
6694}
6695
Peter Collingbournea99fdcf2010-10-24 18:30:18 +00006696/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member
6697/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return
6698/// QualType()
6699QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType,
6700 bool OfBlockPointer,
6701 bool Unqualified) {
6702 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) {
6703 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
6704 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
6705 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
6706 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) {
Peter Collingbourne19b961d2010-12-02 21:00:06 +00006707 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbournea99fdcf2010-10-24 18:30:18 +00006708 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
6709 if (!MT.isNull())
6710 return MT;
6711 }
6712 }
6713 }
6714
6715 return QualType();
6716}
6717
6718/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function
6719/// argument types
6720QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
6721 bool OfBlockPointer,
6722 bool Unqualified) {
6723 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function
6724 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other
6725 // type is compatible with a union member
6726 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer,
6727 Unqualified);
6728 if (!lmerge.isNull())
6729 return lmerge;
6730
6731 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer,
6732 Unqualified);
6733 if (!rmerge.isNull())
6734 return rmerge;
6735
6736 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
6737}
6738
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006739QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006740 bool OfBlockPointer,
6741 bool Unqualified) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006742 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
6743 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006744 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
6745 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006746 bool allLTypes = true;
6747 bool allRTypes = true;
6748
6749 // Check return type
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006750 QualType retType;
Fariborz Jahanian17825972011-02-11 18:46:17 +00006751 if (OfBlockPointer) {
6752 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType();
6753 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType();
6754 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified;
6755 if (!UnqualifiedResult)
6756 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers());
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00006757 retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true);
Fariborz Jahanian17825972011-02-11 18:46:17 +00006758 }
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006759 else
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006760 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false,
6761 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006762 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006763
6764 if (Unqualified)
6765 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType();
6766
6767 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType());
6768 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType());
6769 if (Unqualified) {
6770 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
6771 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
6772 }
6773
6774 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType)
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006775 allLTypes = false;
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006776 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType)
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006777 allRTypes = false;
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006778
Daniel Dunbaredd5bae2010-04-28 16:20:58 +00006779 // FIXME: double check this
6780 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
6781 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
6782 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()?
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00006783 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo();
6784 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo();
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006785
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00006786 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006787 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC()))
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00006788 return QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006789
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006790 // Regparm is part of the calling convention.
Eli Friedmanc5b20b52011-04-09 08:18:08 +00006791 if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm())
6792 return QualType();
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006793 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm())
6794 return QualType();
6795
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006796 if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult())
6797 return QualType();
6798
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006799 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'.
6800 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn();
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006801
Rafael Espindola8778c282012-11-29 16:09:03 +00006802 if (lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn)
6803 allLTypes = false;
6804 if (rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn)
6805 allRTypes = false;
6806
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006807 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn);
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006808
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006809 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00006810 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
6811 "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006812 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs();
6813 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs();
6814
6815 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments
6816 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs)
6817 return QualType();
6818
6819 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
6820 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
6821 return QualType();
6822
Argyrios Kyrtzidis22a37352008-10-26 16:43:14 +00006823 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
6824 return QualType();
6825
Fariborz Jahanian97676972011-09-28 21:52:05 +00006826 if (LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount &&
6827 !FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(rproto, lproto))
6828 return QualType();
6829
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006830 // Check argument compatibility
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00006831 SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006832 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) {
6833 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
6834 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbournea99fdcf2010-10-24 18:30:18 +00006835 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype,
6836 OfBlockPointer,
6837 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006838 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006839
6840 if (Unqualified)
6841 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType();
6842
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006843 types.push_back(argtype);
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006844 if (Unqualified) {
6845 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType();
6846 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType();
6847 }
6848
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006849 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype))
6850 allLTypes = false;
6851 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype))
6852 allRTypes = false;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006853 }
Fariborz Jahanian97676972011-09-28 21:52:05 +00006854
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006855 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
6856 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006857
6858 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo();
6859 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
Jordan Rose5c382722013-03-08 21:51:21 +00006860 return getFunctionType(retType, types, EPI);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006861 }
6862
6863 if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
6864 if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
6865
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006866 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006867 if (proto) {
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00006868 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006869 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType();
6870 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
6871 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
6872 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
6873 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
6874 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
6875 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs();
6876 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) {
6877 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i);
Douglas Gregor2973d402010-02-03 19:27:29 +00006878
Eli Friedman448ce402012-08-30 00:44:15 +00006879 // Look at the converted type of enum types, since that is the type used
Douglas Gregor2973d402010-02-03 19:27:29 +00006880 // to pass enum values.
Eli Friedman448ce402012-08-30 00:44:15 +00006881 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>()) {
6882 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6883 if (argTy.isNull())
6884 return QualType();
6885 }
Douglas Gregor2973d402010-02-03 19:27:29 +00006886
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006887 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
6888 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
6889 return QualType();
6890 }
6891
6892 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
6893 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006894
6895 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo();
6896 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
Jordan Rose5c382722013-03-08 21:51:21 +00006897 return getFunctionType(retType,
6898 ArrayRef<QualType>(proto->arg_type_begin(),
6899 proto->getNumArgs()),
6900 EPI);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006901 }
6902
6903 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
6904 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006905 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006906}
6907
John McCall433c2e62013-03-21 00:10:07 +00006908/// Given that we have an enum type and a non-enum type, try to merge them.
6909static QualType mergeEnumWithInteger(ASTContext &Context, const EnumType *ET,
6910 QualType other, bool isBlockReturnType) {
6911 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
6912 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
6913 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion
6914 // type.
6915 QualType underlyingType = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6916 if (underlyingType.isNull()) return QualType();
6917 if (Context.hasSameType(underlyingType, other))
6918 return other;
6919
6920 // In block return types, we're more permissive and accept any
6921 // integral type of the same size.
6922 if (isBlockReturnType && other->isIntegerType() &&
6923 Context.getTypeSize(underlyingType) == Context.getTypeSize(other))
6924 return other;
6925
6926 return QualType();
6927}
6928
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006929QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006930 bool OfBlockPointer,
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00006931 bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) {
Bill Wendlingdb4e3492007-12-03 07:33:35 +00006932 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
6933 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
6934 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00006935 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
6936 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00006937 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?");
6938 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?");
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006939
6940 if (Unqualified) {
6941 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType();
6942 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType();
6943 }
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00006944
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006945 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
6946 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
6947
6948 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
6949 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
6950 return LHS;
6951
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00006952 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00006953 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
6954 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00006955 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
6956 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
6957 // mismatch.
6958 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006959 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() ||
6960 LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime())
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00006961 return QualType();
6962
6963 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
6964 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
6965 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
6966 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
6967 // qualified __strong.
6968 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
6969 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
6970 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
6971
6972 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
6973 return QualType();
6974
6975 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
6976 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
6977 }
6978 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
6979 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
6980 }
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006981 return QualType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00006982 }
6983
6984 // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006985
Eli Friedmandcca6332009-06-01 01:22:52 +00006986 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
6987 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006988
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00006989 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
6990 // comparisons, just force one to the other.
6991 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
6992 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
Eli Friedman16f90962008-02-12 08:23:06 +00006993
6994 // Same as above for arrays
Chris Lattner95554662008-04-07 05:43:21 +00006995 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
6996 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
6997 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
6998 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006999
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00007000 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects.
7001 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
7002 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
7003
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00007004 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
7005 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
7006 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007007
Chris Lattner95554662008-04-07 05:43:21 +00007008 // If the canonical type classes don't match.
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00007009 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
John McCall433c2e62013-03-21 00:10:07 +00007010 // Note that we only have special rules for turning block enum
7011 // returns into block int returns, not vice-versa.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00007012 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
John McCall433c2e62013-03-21 00:10:07 +00007013 return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, RHS, false);
Eli Friedmana7bf7ed2008-02-12 08:46:17 +00007014 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00007015 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
John McCall433c2e62013-03-21 00:10:07 +00007016 return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, LHS, BlockReturnType);
Eli Friedmana7bf7ed2008-02-12 08:46:17 +00007017 }
Fariborz Jahanian26d83712012-01-26 00:45:38 +00007018 // allow block pointer type to match an 'id' type.
Fariborz Jahanian194904e2012-01-26 17:08:50 +00007019 if (OfBlockPointer && !BlockReturnType) {
7020 if (LHS->isObjCIdType() && RHS->isBlockPointerType())
7021 return LHS;
7022 if (RHS->isObjCIdType() && LHS->isBlockPointerType())
7023 return RHS;
7024 }
Fariborz Jahanian26d83712012-01-26 00:45:38 +00007025
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007026 return QualType();
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00007027 }
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007028
Steve Naroffc6edcbd2008-01-09 22:43:08 +00007029 // The canonical type classes match.
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00007030 switch (LHSClass) {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007031#define TYPE(Class, Base)
7032#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
John McCallbd8d9bd2010-03-01 23:49:17 +00007033#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007034#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
7035#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
7036#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00007037 llvm_unreachable("Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007038
Richard Smith27d807c2013-04-30 13:56:41 +00007039 case Type::Auto:
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00007040 case Type::LValueReference:
7041 case Type::RValueReference:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007042 case Type::MemberPointer:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00007043 llvm_unreachable("C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007044
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00007045 case Type::ObjCInterface:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007046 case Type::IncompleteArray:
7047 case Type::VariableArray:
7048 case Type::FunctionProto:
7049 case Type::ExtVector:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00007050 llvm_unreachable("Types are eliminated above");
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007051
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00007052 case Type::Pointer:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007053 {
7054 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00007055 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
7056 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00007057 if (Unqualified) {
7058 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
7059 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
7060 }
7061 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false,
7062 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007063 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Eli Friedman091a9ac2009-06-02 05:28:56 +00007064 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00007065 return LHS;
Eli Friedman091a9ac2009-06-02 05:28:56 +00007066 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00007067 return RHS;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007068 return getPointerType(ResultType);
7069 }
Steve Naroff68e167d2008-12-10 17:49:55 +00007070 case Type::BlockPointer:
7071 {
7072 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00007073 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
7074 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00007075 if (Unqualified) {
7076 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
7077 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
7078 }
7079 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer,
7080 Unqualified);
Steve Naroff68e167d2008-12-10 17:49:55 +00007081 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
7082 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7083 return LHS;
7084 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7085 return RHS;
7086 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
7087 }
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00007088 case Type::Atomic:
7089 {
7090 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
7091 QualType LHSValue = LHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType();
7092 QualType RHSValue = RHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType();
7093 if (Unqualified) {
7094 LHSValue = LHSValue.getUnqualifiedType();
7095 RHSValue = RHSValue.getUnqualifiedType();
7096 }
7097 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSValue, RHSValue, false,
7098 Unqualified);
7099 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
7100 if (getCanonicalType(LHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7101 return LHS;
7102 if (getCanonicalType(RHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7103 return RHS;
7104 return getAtomicType(ResultType);
7105 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00007106 case Type::ConstantArray:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007107 {
7108 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
7109 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
7110 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
7111 return QualType();
7112
7113 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
7114 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00007115 if (Unqualified) {
7116 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
7117 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
7118 }
7119
7120 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007121 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00007122 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7123 return LHS;
7124 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7125 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3e62c212008-08-22 01:48:21 +00007126 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
7127 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
7128 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
7129 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007130 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
7131 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00007132 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7133 return LHS;
7134 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7135 return RHS;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007136 if (LVAT) {
7137 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
7138 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
7139 // has to be different.
7140 return LHS;
7141 }
7142 if (RVAT) {
7143 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
7144 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
7145 // has to be different.
7146 return RHS;
7147 }
Eli Friedman3e62c212008-08-22 01:48:21 +00007148 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
7149 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00007150 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
7151 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007152 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00007153 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00007154 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007155 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007156 case Type::Enum:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007157 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00007158 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner7bbd3d72008-04-07 05:55:38 +00007159 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007160 return QualType();
Daniel Dunbar804c0442009-01-28 21:22:12 +00007161 case Type::Complex:
7162 // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
7163 return QualType();
Chris Lattner7bbd3d72008-04-07 05:55:38 +00007164 case Type::Vector:
Eli Friedmancad96382009-02-27 23:04:43 +00007165 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
John McCall44c064b2010-03-12 23:14:13 +00007166 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(),
7167 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>()))
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007168 return LHS;
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00007169 return QualType();
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00007170 case Type::ObjCObject: {
7171 // Check if the types are assignment compatible.
Eli Friedmancad96382009-02-27 23:04:43 +00007172 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
7173 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00007174 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
7175 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
7176 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
Steve Naroff7a7814c2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00007177 return LHS;
7178
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007179 return QualType();
Cedric Venet4fc88b72009-02-21 17:14:49 +00007180 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00007181 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00007182 if (OfBlockPointer) {
7183 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
7184 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00007185 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
7186 BlockReturnType))
David Blaikie8a40f702012-01-17 06:56:22 +00007187 return LHS;
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00007188 return QualType();
7189 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00007190 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
7191 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00007192 return LHS;
7193
Steve Naroffc68cfcf2008-12-10 22:14:21 +00007194 return QualType();
David Blaikie8a40f702012-01-17 06:56:22 +00007195 }
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00007196 }
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007197
David Blaikie8a40f702012-01-17 06:56:22 +00007198 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type::Class!");
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00007199}
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00007200
Fariborz Jahanian97676972011-09-28 21:52:05 +00007201bool ASTContext::FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(
7202 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType,
7203 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType) {
7204 if (FromFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs() !=
7205 ToFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs())
7206 return false;
7207 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo FromEPI =
7208 FromFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo();
7209 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ToEPI =
7210 ToFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo();
7211 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments && ToEPI.ConsumedArguments)
7212 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs();
7213 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
7214 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx] !=
7215 ToEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx])
7216 return false;
7217 }
7218 return true;
7219}
7220
Fariborz Jahanianf633ebd2010-05-19 21:37:30 +00007221/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and
7222/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function
7223/// return types.
7224QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
7225 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
7226 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
7227 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
7228 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
7229 return LHS;
7230 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) {
7231 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType())
7232 return QualType();
7233 QualType OldReturnType =
7234 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
7235 QualType NewReturnType =
7236 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
7237 QualType ResReturnType =
7238 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType);
7239 if (ResReturnType.isNull())
7240 return QualType();
7241 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) {
7242 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo();
7243 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type.
7244 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>();
7245 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) {
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00007246 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
7247 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS);
Fariborz Jahanianf633ebd2010-05-19 21:37:30 +00007248 QualType ResultType
Jordan Rose5c382722013-03-08 21:51:21 +00007249 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType,
7250 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(),
7251 FPT->getNumArgs()),
7252 EPI);
Fariborz Jahanianf633ebd2010-05-19 21:37:30 +00007253 return ResultType;
7254 }
7255 }
7256 return QualType();
7257 }
7258
7259 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged.
7260 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
7261 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
7262 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
7263 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch.
7264 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
7265 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
7266 return QualType();
7267
7268 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
7269 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
7270 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
7271 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
7272 // qualified __strong.
7273 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
7274 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
7275 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
7276
7277 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
7278 return QualType();
7279
7280 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong)
7281 return LHS;
7282 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong)
7283 return RHS;
7284 return QualType();
7285 }
7286
7287 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
7288 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
7289 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
7290 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT);
7291 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT)
7292 return LHS;
7293 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT)
7294 return RHS;
7295 }
7296 return QualType();
7297}
7298
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +00007299//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007300// Integer Predicates
7301//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner3c919712009-01-16 07:15:35 +00007302
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00007303unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00007304 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Eli Friedmanee275c82009-12-10 22:29:29 +00007305 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregor0bf31402010-10-08 23:50:27 +00007306 if (T->isBooleanType())
7307 return 1;
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00007308 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007309 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
7310}
7311
Abramo Bagnara13640492012-09-09 10:21:24 +00007312QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) const {
Douglas Gregor5cc2c8b2010-07-23 15:58:24 +00007313 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type");
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00007314
7315 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
7316 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
7317 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00007318 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind());
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00007319
7320 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
7321 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007322 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00007323
7324 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
7325 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007326 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
7327 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
7328 case BuiltinType::SChar:
7329 return UnsignedCharTy;
7330 case BuiltinType::Short:
7331 return UnsignedShortTy;
7332 case BuiltinType::Int:
7333 return UnsignedIntTy;
7334 case BuiltinType::Long:
7335 return UnsignedLongTy;
7336 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
7337 return UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00007338 case BuiltinType::Int128:
7339 return UnsignedInt128Ty;
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007340 default:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00007341 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007342 }
7343}
7344
Argyrios Kyrtzidis65ad5692010-10-24 17:26:36 +00007345ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { }
7346
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007347
7348//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7349// Builtin Type Computation
7350//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7351
7352/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007353/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If
7354/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic
7355/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of
7356/// a vector of "i*".
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007357///
7358/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required
7359/// to be an Integer Constant Expression.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00007360static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context,
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007361 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007362 bool &RequiresICE,
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007363 bool AllowTypeModifiers) {
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007364 // Modifiers.
7365 int HowLong = 0;
7366 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007367 RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00007368
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007369 // Read the prefixed modifiers first.
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007370 bool Done = false;
7371 while (!Done) {
7372 switch (*Str++) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007373 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00007374 case 'I':
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007375 RequiresICE = true;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00007376 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007377 case 'S':
7378 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
7379 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
7380 Signed = true;
7381 break;
7382 case 'U':
7383 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
7384 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
7385 Unsigned = true;
7386 break;
7387 case 'L':
7388 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
7389 ++HowLong;
7390 break;
7391 }
7392 }
7393
7394 QualType Type;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007395
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007396 // Read the base type.
7397 switch (*Str++) {
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00007398 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type letter!");
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007399 case 'v':
7400 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
7401 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
7402 Type = Context.VoidTy;
7403 break;
7404 case 'f':
7405 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
7406 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
7407 Type = Context.FloatTy;
7408 break;
7409 case 'd':
7410 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
7411 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
7412 if (HowLong)
7413 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
7414 else
7415 Type = Context.DoubleTy;
7416 break;
7417 case 's':
7418 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
7419 if (Unsigned)
7420 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
7421 else
7422 Type = Context.ShortTy;
7423 break;
7424 case 'i':
7425 if (HowLong == 3)
7426 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
7427 else if (HowLong == 2)
7428 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
7429 else if (HowLong == 1)
7430 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
7431 else
7432 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
7433 break;
7434 case 'c':
7435 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
7436 if (Signed)
7437 Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
7438 else if (Unsigned)
7439 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
7440 else
7441 Type = Context.CharTy;
7442 break;
7443 case 'b': // boolean
7444 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
7445 Type = Context.BoolTy;
7446 break;
7447 case 'z': // size_t.
7448 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
7449 Type = Context.getSizeType();
7450 break;
7451 case 'F':
7452 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
7453 break;
Fariborz Jahaniand11da7e2010-11-09 21:38:20 +00007454 case 'G':
7455 Type = Context.getObjCIdType();
7456 break;
7457 case 'H':
7458 Type = Context.getObjCSelType();
7459 break;
Fariborz Jahaniancb6c8672013-01-04 18:45:40 +00007460 case 'M':
7461 Type = Context.getObjCSuperType();
7462 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007463 case 'a':
7464 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
7465 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
7466 break;
7467 case 'A':
7468 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
7469 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
7470 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
7471 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
7472 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
7473 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
7474 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
7475 // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
7476 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
7477 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007478 if (Type->isArrayType())
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007479 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007480 else
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007481 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007482 break;
7483 case 'V': {
7484 char *End;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007485 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
7486 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007487 Str = End;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007488
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007489 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error,
7490 RequiresICE, false);
7491 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE");
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007492
7493 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet.
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00007494 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements,
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00007495 VectorType::GenericVector);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007496 break;
7497 }
Douglas Gregorfed66992012-06-07 18:08:25 +00007498 case 'E': {
7499 char *End;
7500
7501 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
7502 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
7503
7504 Str = End;
7505
7506 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE,
7507 false);
7508 Type = Context.getExtVectorType(ElementType, NumElements);
7509 break;
7510 }
Douglas Gregor40ef7c52009-09-28 21:45:01 +00007511 case 'X': {
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007512 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE,
7513 false);
7514 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE");
Douglas Gregor40ef7c52009-09-28 21:45:01 +00007515 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
7516 break;
Fariborz Jahanian73952fc2011-08-23 23:33:09 +00007517 }
7518 case 'Y' : {
7519 Type = Context.getPointerDiffType();
7520 break;
7521 }
Chris Lattnera58b3af2009-07-28 22:49:34 +00007522 case 'P':
Douglas Gregor27821ce2009-07-07 16:35:42 +00007523 Type = Context.getFILEType();
7524 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00007525 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007526 return QualType();
7527 }
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00007528 break;
Chris Lattnera58b3af2009-07-28 22:49:34 +00007529 case 'J':
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00007530 if (Signed)
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +00007531 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00007532 else
7533 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
7534
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00007535 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00007536 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00007537 return QualType();
7538 }
7539 break;
Rafael Espindola6cfa82b2011-11-13 21:51:09 +00007540 case 'K':
7541 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'K'!");
7542 Type = Context.getucontext_tType();
7543
7544 if (Type.isNull()) {
7545 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext;
7546 return QualType();
7547 }
7548 break;
Eli Friedman4e91899e2012-11-27 02:58:24 +00007549 case 'p':
7550 Type = Context.getProcessIDType();
7551 break;
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +00007552 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007553
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007554 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it.
7555 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007556 while (!Done) {
John McCallb8b94662010-03-12 04:21:28 +00007557 switch (char c = *Str++) {
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007558 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
7559 case '*':
7560 case '&': {
7561 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types
7562 // qualified with an address space.
7563 char *End;
7564 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
7565 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) {
7566 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace);
7567 Str = End;
7568 }
7569 if (c == '*')
7570 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
7571 else
7572 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
7573 break;
7574 }
7575 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
7576 case 'C':
7577 Type = Type.withConst();
7578 break;
7579 case 'D':
7580 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type);
7581 break;
Ted Kremenekf2a2f5f2012-01-20 21:40:12 +00007582 case 'R':
7583 Type = Type.withRestrict();
7584 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007585 }
7586 }
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00007587
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007588 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) &&
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00007589 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007590
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007591 return Type;
7592}
7593
7594/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007595QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id,
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007596 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00007597 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const {
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007598 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007599
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00007600 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007601
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007602 bool RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007603 Error = GE_None;
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007604 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error,
7605 RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007606 if (Error != GE_None)
7607 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007608
7609 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE");
7610
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007611 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007612 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007613 if (Error != GE_None)
7614 return QualType();
7615
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007616 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the
7617 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return.
7618 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs)
7619 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size();
7620
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007621 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
7622 if (Ty->isArrayType())
7623 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007624
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007625 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
7626 }
7627
7628 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
7629 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
7630
John McCall991eb4b2010-12-21 00:44:39 +00007631 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI;
7632 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true);
7633
7634 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.');
7635
7636 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++.
7637 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic)
7638 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI);
Douglas Gregor36c569f2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00007639
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00007640 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
John McCall991eb4b2010-12-21 00:44:39 +00007641 EPI.ExtInfo = EI;
7642 EPI.Variadic = Variadic;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00007643
Jordan Rose5c382722013-03-08 21:51:21 +00007644 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes, EPI);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007645}
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00007646
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007647GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
7648 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal;
7649
7650 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007651 switch (L) {
7652 case NoLinkage:
7653 case InternalLinkage:
7654 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
7655 return GVA_Internal;
7656
7657 case ExternalLinkage:
7658 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) {
7659 case TSK_Undeclared:
7660 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
7661 External = GVA_StrongExternal;
7662 break;
7663
7664 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
7665 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
7666
7667 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
7668 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
7669 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
7670 break;
7671 }
7672 }
7673
7674 if (!FD->isInlined())
7675 return External;
7676
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00007677 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007678 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be
7679 // externally visible.
7680 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible())
7681 return External;
7682
7683 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible.
7684 return GVA_C99Inline;
7685 }
7686
7687 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9:
7688 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of
7689 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly
7690 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for
7691 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be
7692 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ]
7693 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
7694 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration)
7695 return GVA_C99Inline;
7696
7697 return GVA_CXXInline;
7698}
7699
7700GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) {
7701 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template
7702 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a
7703 // template.
7704 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared;
7705 if (VD->isStaticDataMember())
7706 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind();
7707
7708 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007709
7710 switch (L) {
7711 case NoLinkage:
7712 case InternalLinkage:
7713 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
7714 return GVA_Internal;
7715
7716 case ExternalLinkage:
7717 switch (TSK) {
7718 case TSK_Undeclared:
7719 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
7720 return GVA_StrongExternal;
7721
7722 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
7723 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated");
7724 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation.
7725
7726 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
7727 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
7728
7729 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
7730 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
7731 }
7732 }
7733
David Blaikie8a40f702012-01-17 06:56:22 +00007734 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Linkage!");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007735}
7736
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc9049332010-07-29 20:08:05 +00007737bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007738 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
7739 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl())
7740 return false;
Richard Smith5205a8c2013-04-01 20:22:16 +00007741 } else if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
7742 // We never need to emit an uninstantiated function template.
7743 if (FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate)
7744 return false;
7745 } else
7746 return false;
7747
7748 // If this is a member of a class template, we do not need to emit it.
7749 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007750 return false;
7751
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6e03a742010-07-29 20:07:52 +00007752 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves.
7753 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>())
7754 return false;
7755
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007756 // Aliases and used decls are required.
7757 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
7758 return true;
7759
7760 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
7761 // Forward declarations aren't required.
Alexis Hunt4a8ea102011-05-06 20:44:56 +00007762 if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
Nick Lewycky26da4dd2011-07-18 05:26:13 +00007763 return FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007764
7765 // Constructors and destructors are required.
7766 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>())
7767 return true;
7768
John McCall6bd2a892013-01-25 22:31:03 +00007769 // The key function for a class is required. This rule only comes
7770 // into play when inline functions can be key functions, though.
7771 if (getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
7772 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
7773 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent();
7774 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) {
7775 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getCurrentKeyFunction(RD);
7776 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl())
7777 return true;
7778 }
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007779 }
7780 }
7781
7782 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD);
7783
7784 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can
7785 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++.
7786 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++.
7787 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline ||
Anton Yartsev79de4d42012-02-02 06:06:34 +00007788 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation)
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007789 return false;
7790 return true;
7791 }
Douglas Gregor87d81242011-09-10 00:22:34 +00007792
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007793 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D);
7794 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var");
7795
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6e03a742010-07-29 20:07:52 +00007796 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly)
7797 return false;
7798
Richard Smitha0e5e542012-11-12 21:38:00 +00007799 // Variables that can be needed in other TUs are required.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007800 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD);
Richard Smitha0e5e542012-11-12 21:38:00 +00007801 if (L != GVA_Internal && L != GVA_TemplateInstantiation)
7802 return true;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007803
Richard Smitha0e5e542012-11-12 21:38:00 +00007804 // Variables that have destruction with side-effects are required.
7805 if (VD->getType().isDestructedType())
7806 return true;
7807
7808 // Variables that have initialization with side-effects are required.
7809 if (VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this))
7810 return true;
7811
7812 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007813}
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00007814
Timur Iskhodzhanovc5098ad2012-07-12 09:50:54 +00007815CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(bool isVariadic) {
Charles Davis99202b32010-11-09 18:04:24 +00007816 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
Timur Iskhodzhanovc5098ad2012-07-12 09:50:54 +00007817 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv(isVariadic);
7818}
7819
7820CallingConv ASTContext::getCanonicalCallConv(CallingConv CC) const {
John McCall359b8852013-01-25 22:30:49 +00007821 if (CC == CC_C && !LangOpts.MRTD &&
7822 getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMemberFunctionCCDefault())
Timur Iskhodzhanovc5098ad2012-07-12 09:50:54 +00007823 return CC_Default;
7824 return CC;
Charles Davis99202b32010-11-09 18:04:24 +00007825}
7826
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00007827bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const {
Anders Carlsson60a62632010-11-25 01:51:53 +00007828 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
7829 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD);
7830}
7831
Peter Collingbourne0ff0b372011-01-13 18:57:25 +00007832MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() {
John McCall359b8852013-01-25 22:30:49 +00007833 switch (Target->getCXXABI().getKind()) {
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +00007834 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64:
John McCall359b8852013-01-25 22:30:49 +00007835 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium:
7836 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM:
7837 case TargetCXXABI::iOS:
Peter Collingbourne0ff0b372011-01-13 18:57:25 +00007838 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics());
John McCall359b8852013-01-25 22:30:49 +00007839 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft:
Peter Collingbourne0ff0b372011-01-13 18:57:25 +00007840 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics());
7841 }
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00007842 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI");
Peter Collingbourne0ff0b372011-01-13 18:57:25 +00007843}
7844
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00007845CXXABI::~CXXABI() {}
Ted Kremenekf5df0ce2011-04-28 04:53:38 +00007846
7847size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const {
Ted Kremenek7d39c9a2011-07-27 18:41:12 +00007848 return ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize()
7849 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCLayouts)
7850 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(KeyFunctions)
7851 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCImpls)
7852 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(BlockVarCopyInits)
7853 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(DeclAttrs)
7854 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember)
7855 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingDecl)
7856 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl)
7857 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl)
7858 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenMethods)
7859 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(Types)
Francois Pichet00c7e6c2011-08-14 03:52:19 +00007860 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(VariableArrayTypes)
Francois Pichet57928252011-08-14 14:28:49 +00007861 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ClassScopeSpecializationPattern);
Ted Kremenekf5df0ce2011-04-28 04:53:38 +00007862}
Ted Kremenek540017e2011-10-06 05:00:56 +00007863
David Blaikie095deba2012-11-14 01:52:05 +00007864void ASTContext::addUnnamedTag(const TagDecl *Tag) {
7865 // FIXME: This mangling should be applied to function local classes too
7866 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl() ||
7867 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent()) || Tag->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage)
7868 return;
7869
7870 std::pair<llvm::DenseMap<const DeclContext *, unsigned>::iterator, bool> P =
7871 UnnamedMangleContexts.insert(std::make_pair(Tag->getParent(), 0));
7872 UnnamedMangleNumbers.insert(std::make_pair(Tag, P.first->second++));
7873}
7874
7875int ASTContext::getUnnamedTagManglingNumber(const TagDecl *Tag) const {
7876 llvm::DenseMap<const TagDecl *, unsigned>::const_iterator I =
7877 UnnamedMangleNumbers.find(Tag);
7878 return I != UnnamedMangleNumbers.end() ? I->second : -1;
7879}
7880
Douglas Gregor63798542012-02-20 19:44:39 +00007881unsigned ASTContext::getLambdaManglingNumber(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator) {
7882 CXXRecordDecl *Lambda = CallOperator->getParent();
7883 return LambdaMangleContexts[Lambda->getDeclContext()]
7884 .getManglingNumber(CallOperator);
7885}
7886
7887
Ted Kremenek540017e2011-10-06 05:00:56 +00007888void ASTContext::setParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D, unsigned int index) {
7889 ParamIndices[D] = index;
7890}
7891
7892unsigned ASTContext::getParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D) const {
7893 ParameterIndexTable::const_iterator I = ParamIndices.find(D);
7894 assert(I != ParamIndices.end() &&
7895 "ParmIndices lacks entry set by ParmVarDecl");
7896 return I->second;
7897}